Search Results

Search found 2529 results on 102 pages for 'term'.

Page 101/102 | < Previous Page | 97 98 99 100 101 102  | Next Page >

  • Suspend not working after kernel update on an HP Envy14 1050

    - by leoxweb
    I just update ubuntu 12.04 to the kernel 3.2.0-30 and together with it a lot of packeges in the system. I am running it on an HP Envy14 1050. When I first made a fresh install of the clean ubuntu 12.04 I had the problem that when restoring from suspend the screen was black, although some backlight was there. I could fix it following this https://bugs.launchpad.net/ubuntu/+source/linux/+bug/989674/comments/20. Now, after the update the black screen after suspend has reappeared but with no backlight at all and the led in the caps lock key blinking. The laptop is using a ATI radeon 5600 with the privative drivers. During the update process there was an error with depmod . You can see the /var/log/dist-upgrade/apt-term.log file at the end. UPDATE: suspend is not working at all. The problem is not when restoring from suspend, but when I try to suspend the system it gets blocked and the fan running. Only option is to press power button. Log started: 2012-09-12 00:46:46 (Reading database ... 198909 files and directories currently installed.) Removing icedtea-7-jre-cacao ... Selecting previously unselected package linux-image-3.2.0-30-generic. (Reading database ... 198901 files and directories currently installed.) Unpacking linux-image-3.2.0-30-generic (from .../linux-image-3.2.0-30-generic_3.2.0-30.48_amd64.deb) ... Done. Preparing to replace icedtea-7-jre-jamvm 7~u3-2.1.1~pre1-1ubuntu3 (using .../icedtea-7-jre-jamvm_7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement icedtea-7-jre-jamvm ... Preparing to replace openjdk-7-jre-lib 7~u3-2.1.1~pre1-1ubuntu3 (using .../openjdk-7-jre-lib_7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1_all.deb) ... Unpacking replacement openjdk-7-jre-lib ... Preparing to replace openjdk-7-jre-headless 7~u3-2.1.1~pre1-1ubuntu3 (using .../openjdk-7-jre-headless_7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement openjdk-7-jre-headless ... Preparing to replace python-problem-report 2.0.1-0ubuntu12 (using .../python-problem-report_2.0.1-0ubuntu13_all.deb) ... Unpacking replacement python-problem-report ... Preparing to replace python-apport 2.0.1-0ubuntu12 (using .../python-apport_2.0.1-0ubuntu13_all.deb) ... Unpacking replacement python-apport ... Preparing to replace apport 2.0.1-0ubuntu12 (using .../apport_2.0.1-0ubuntu13_all.deb) ... apport stop/waiting Unpacking replacement apport ... Preparing to replace apport-gtk 2.0.1-0ubuntu12 (using .../apport-gtk_2.0.1-0ubuntu13_all.deb) ... Unpacking replacement apport-gtk ... Preparing to replace firefox-globalmenu 15.0+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1 (using .../firefox-globalmenu_15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement firefox-globalmenu ... Preparing to replace firefox 15.0+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1 (using .../firefox_15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement firefox ... Preparing to replace firefox-gnome-support 15.0+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1 (using .../firefox-gnome-support_15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement firefox-gnome-support ... Preparing to replace firefox-locale-en 15.0+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1 (using .../firefox-locale-en_15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement firefox-locale-en ... Preparing to replace firefox-locale-es 15.0+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1 (using .../firefox-locale-es_15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement firefox-locale-es ... Preparing to replace firefox-locale-zh-hans 15.0+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1 (using .../firefox-locale-zh-hans_15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement firefox-locale-zh-hans ... Preparing to replace totem-mozilla 3.0.1-0ubuntu21 (using .../totem-mozilla_3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement totem-mozilla ... Preparing to replace libtotem0 3.0.1-0ubuntu21 (using .../libtotem0_3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement libtotem0 ... Preparing to replace totem-plugins 3.0.1-0ubuntu21 (using .../totem-plugins_3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement totem-plugins ... Preparing to replace totem 3.0.1-0ubuntu21 (using .../totem_3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement totem ... Preparing to replace totem-common 3.0.1-0ubuntu21 (using .../totem-common_3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1_all.deb) ... Unpacking replacement totem-common ... Preparing to replace gir1.2-totem-1.0 3.0.1-0ubuntu21 (using .../gir1.2-totem-1.0_3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement gir1.2-totem-1.0 ... Preparing to replace glib-networking-common 2.32.1-1ubuntu1 (using .../glib-networking-common_2.32.1-1ubuntu2_all.deb) ... Unpacking replacement glib-networking-common ... Preparing to replace glib-networking 2.32.1-1ubuntu1 (using .../glib-networking_2.32.1-1ubuntu2_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement glib-networking ... Preparing to replace glib-networking-services 2.32.1-1ubuntu1 (using .../glib-networking-services_2.32.1-1ubuntu2_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement glib-networking-services ... Preparing to replace linux-firmware 1.79 (using .../linux-firmware_1.79.1_all.deb) ... Unpacking replacement linux-firmware ... Preparing to replace linux-generic 3.2.0.29.31 (using .../linux-generic_3.2.0.30.32_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement linux-generic ... Preparing to replace linux-image-generic 3.2.0.29.31 (using .../linux-image-generic_3.2.0.30.32_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement linux-image-generic ... Selecting previously unselected package linux-headers-3.2.0-30. Unpacking linux-headers-3.2.0-30 (from .../linux-headers-3.2.0-30_3.2.0-30.48_all.deb) ... Selecting previously unselected package linux-headers-3.2.0-30-generic. Unpacking linux-headers-3.2.0-30-generic (from .../linux-headers-3.2.0-30-generic_3.2.0-30.48_amd64.deb) ... Preparing to replace linux-headers-generic 3.2.0.29.31 (using .../linux-headers-generic_3.2.0.30.32_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement linux-headers-generic ... Preparing to replace linux-libc-dev 3.2.0-29.46 (using .../linux-libc-dev_3.2.0-30.48_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement linux-libc-dev ... Preparing to replace openjdk-7-jre 7~u3-2.1.1~pre1-1ubuntu3 (using .../openjdk-7-jre_7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement openjdk-7-jre ... Preparing to replace openjdk-7-jdk 7~u3-2.1.1~pre1-1ubuntu3 (using .../openjdk-7-jdk_7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement openjdk-7-jdk ... Preparing to replace policykit-1-gnome 0.105-1ubuntu3 (using .../policykit-1-gnome_0.105-1ubuntu3.1_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement policykit-1-gnome ... Preparing to replace xserver-xorg-input-synaptics 1.6.2-1ubuntu1~precise1 (using .../xserver-xorg-input-synaptics_1.6.2-1ubuntu1~precise2_amd64.deb) ... Unpacking replacement xserver-xorg-input-synaptics ... Processing triggers for ureadahead ... ureadahead will be reprofiled on next reboot Processing triggers for hicolor-icon-theme ... Processing triggers for shared-mime-info ... Unknown media type in type 'all/all' Unknown media type in type 'all/allfiles' Unknown media type in type 'uri/mms' Unknown media type in type 'uri/mmst' Unknown media type in type 'uri/mmsu' Unknown media type in type 'uri/pnm' Unknown media type in type 'uri/rtspt' Unknown media type in type 'uri/rtspu' Processing triggers for man-db ... Processing triggers for bamfdaemon ... Rebuilding /usr/share/applications/bamf.index... Processing triggers for desktop-file-utils ... Processing triggers for gnome-menus ... Processing triggers for gconf2 ... Processing triggers for libglib2.0-0:i386 ... Processing triggers for libglib2.0-0 ... Setting up linux-image-3.2.0-30-generic (3.2.0-30.48) ... Running depmod. update-initramfs: deferring update (hook will be called later) Examining /etc/kernel/postinst.d. run-parts: executing /etc/kernel/postinst.d/dkms 3.2.0-30-generic /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-30-generic Error! Problems with depmod detected. Automatically uninstalling this module. DKMS: Install Failed (depmod problems). Module rolled back to built state. run-parts: executing /etc/kernel/postinst.d/initramfs-tools 3.2.0-30-generic /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-30-generic update-initramfs: Generating /boot/initrd.img-3.2.0-30-generic run-parts: executing /etc/kernel/postinst.d/pm-utils 3.2.0-30-generic /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-30-generic run-parts: executing /etc/kernel/postinst.d/update-notifier 3.2.0-30-generic /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-30-generic run-parts: executing /etc/kernel/postinst.d/zz-update-grub 3.2.0-30-generic /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-30-generic Generating grub.cfg ... Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-30-generic Found initrd image: /boot/initrd.img-3.2.0-30-generic Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-29-generic Found initrd image: /boot/initrd.img-3.2.0-29-generic Found linux image: /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-23-generic Found initrd image: /boot/initrd.img-3.2.0-23-generic Found memtest86+ image: /boot/memtest86+.bin Found Windows 7 (loader) on /dev/sda1 Found Windows Recovery Environment (loader) on /dev/sda2 Found Windows Recovery Environment (loader) on /dev/sda3 done Setting up python-problem-report (2.0.1-0ubuntu13) ... Setting up python-apport (2.0.1-0ubuntu13) ... Setting up apport (2.0.1-0ubuntu13) ... apport start/running Setting up apport-gtk (2.0.1-0ubuntu13) ... Setting up firefox (15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Please restart all running instances of firefox, or you will experience problems. Setting up firefox-globalmenu (15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up firefox-gnome-support (15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up firefox-locale-en (15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up firefox-locale-es (15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up firefox-locale-zh-hans (15.0.1+build1-0ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up libtotem0 (3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1) ... Setting up totem-common (3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1) ... Setting up totem (3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1) ... Setting up totem-mozilla (3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1) ... Setting up gir1.2-totem-1.0 (3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1) ... Setting up totem-plugins (3.0.1-0ubuntu21.1) ... Setting up glib-networking-common (2.32.1-1ubuntu2) ... Setting up glib-networking-services (2.32.1-1ubuntu2) ... Setting up glib-networking (2.32.1-1ubuntu2) ... Setting up linux-firmware (1.79.1) ... Setting up linux-image-generic (3.2.0.30.32) ... Setting up linux-generic (3.2.0.30.32) ... Setting up linux-headers-3.2.0-30 (3.2.0-30.48) ... Setting up linux-headers-3.2.0-30-generic (3.2.0-30.48) ... Examining /etc/kernel/header_postinst.d. run-parts: executing /etc/kernel/header_postinst.d/dkms 3.2.0-30-generic /boot/vmlinuz-3.2.0-30-generic Setting up linux-headers-generic (3.2.0.30.32) ... Setting up linux-libc-dev (3.2.0-30.48) ... Setting up policykit-1-gnome (0.105-1ubuntu3.1) ... Setting up xserver-xorg-input-synaptics (1.6.2-1ubuntu1~precise2) ... Setting up openjdk-7-jre-headless (7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Installing new version of config file /etc/java-7-openjdk/security/java.security ... Installing new version of config file /etc/java-7-openjdk/jvm-amd64.cfg ... Setting up openjdk-7-jre-lib (7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up icedtea-7-jre-jamvm (7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up openjdk-7-jre (7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... Setting up openjdk-7-jdk (7u7-2.3.2-1ubuntu0.12.04.1) ... update-alternatives: using /usr/lib/jvm/java-7-openjdk-amd64/bin/jcmd to provide /usr/bin/jcmd (jcmd) in auto mode. Processing triggers for libc-bin ... ldconfig deferred processing now taking place Log ended: 2012-09-12 00:49:16

    Read the article

  • Project Management Helps AmeriCares Deliver International Aid

    - by Sylvie MacKenzie, PMP
    Excerpt from PROFIT - ORACLE - by Alison Weiss Handle with Care Sound project management helps AmeriCares bring international aid to those in need. The stakes are always high for AmeriCares. On a mission to restore health and save lives during times of disaster, the nonprofit international relief and humanitarian aid organization delivers donated medicines, medical supplies, and humanitarian aid to people in the U.S. and around the globe. Founded in 1982 with the express mission of responding as quickly and efficiently as possible to help people in need, the Stamford, Connecticut-based AmeriCares has delivered more than US$10.5 billion in aid to 147 countries over the past three decades. Launch the Slideshow “It’s critically important to us that we steward all the donations and that the medical supplies and medicines get to people as quickly as possible with no loss,” says Kate Sears, senior vice president for finance and technology at AmeriCares. “Whether we’re shipping IV solutions to victims of cholera in Haiti or antibiotics to Somali famine victims, we need to get the medicines there sooner because it means more people will be helped and lives improved or even saved.” Ten years ago, the tracking systems used by AmeriCares associates were paper-based. In recent years, staff started using spreadsheets, but the tracking processes were not standardized between teams. “Every team was tracking completely different information,” says Megan McDermott, senior associate, Sub-Saharan Africa partnerships, at AmeriCares. “It was just a few key things. For example, we tracked the date a shipment was supposed to arrive and the date we got reports from our partner that a hospital received aid on their end.” While the data was accurate, much detail was being lost in the process. AmeriCares management knew it could do a better job of tracking this enterprise data and in 2011 took a significant step by implementing Oracle’s Primavera P6 Professional Project Management. “It’s a comprehensive solution that has helped us improve the monitoring and controlling processes. It has allowed us to do our distribution better,” says Sears. In addition, the implementation effort has been a change agent, helping AmeriCares leadership rethink project management across the entire organization. Initially, much of the focus was on standardizing processes, but staff members also learned the importance of thinking proactively to prevent possible problems and evaluating results to determine if goals and objectives are truly being met. Such data about process efficiency and overall results is critical not only to AmeriCares staff but also to the donors supporting the organization’s life-saving missions. Efficiency Saves Lives One of AmeriCares’ core operations is to gather product donations from the private sector, establish where the most-urgent needs are, and solicit monetary support to send the aid via ocean cargo or airlift to welfare- and health-oriented nongovernmental organizations, hospitals, health networks, and government ministries based in areas in need. In 2011 alone, AmeriCares sent more than 3,500 shipments to 95 countries in response to both ongoing humanitarian needs and more than two dozen emergencies, including deadly tornadoes and storms in the U.S. and the devastating tsunami in Japan. When it comes to nonprofits in general, donors want to know that the charitable organizations they support are using funds wisely. Typically, nonprofits are evaluated by donors in terms of efficiency, an area where AmeriCares has an excellent reputation: 98 percent of expenses go directly to supporting programs and less than 2 percent represent administrative and fundraising costs. Donors, however, should look at more than simple efficiency, says Peter York, senior partner and chief research and learning officer at TCC Group, a nonprofit consultancy headquartered in New York, New York. They should also look at whether organizations have the systems in place to sustain their missions and continue to thrive. An expert on nonprofit organizational management, York has spent years studying sustainable charitable organizations. He defines them as nonprofits that are able to achieve the ongoing financial support to stay relevant and continue doing core mission work. In his analysis of well over 2,500 larger nonprofits, York has found that many are not sustaining, and are actually scaling back in size. “One of the biggest challenges of nonprofit sustainability is the general public’s perception that every dollar donated has to go only to the delivery of service,” says York. “What our data shows is that there are some fundamental capacities that have to be there in order for organizations to sustain and grow.” York’s research highlights the importance of data-driven leadership at successful nonprofits. “You’ve got to have the tools, the systems, and the technologies to get objective information on what you do, the people you serve, and the results you’re achieving,” says York. “If leaders don’t have the knowledge and the data, they can’t make the strategic decisions about programs to take organizations to the next level.” Historically, AmeriCares associates have used time-tested and cost-effective strategies to ship and then track supplies from donation to delivery to their destinations in designated time frames. When disaster strikes, AmeriCares ships by air and generally pulls out all the stops to deliver the most urgently needed aid within the first few days and weeks. Then, as situations stabilize, AmeriCares turns to delivering sea containers for the postemergency and ongoing aid so often needed over the long term. According to McDermott, getting a shipment out the door is fairly complicated, requiring as many as five different AmeriCares teams collaborating together. The entire process can take months—from when products are received in the warehouse and deciding which recipients to allocate supplies to, to getting customs and governmental approvals in place, actually shipping products, and finally ensuring that the products are received in-country. Delivering that aid is no small affair. “Our volume exceeds half a billion dollars a year worth of donated medicines and medical supplies, so it’s a sizable logistical operation to bring these products in and get them out to the right place quickly to have the most impact,” says Sears. “We really pride ourselves on our controls and efficiencies.” Adding to that complexity is the fact that the longer it takes to deliver aid, the more dire the human need can be. Any time AmeriCares associates can shave off the complicated aid delivery process can translate into lives saved. “It’s really being able to track information consistently that will help us to see where are the bottlenecks and where can we work on improving our processes,” says McDermott. Setting a Standard Productivity and information management improvements were key objectives for AmeriCares when staff began the process of implementing Oracle’s Primavera solution. But before configuring the software, the staff needed to take the time to analyze the systems already in place. According to Greg Loop, manager of database systems at AmeriCares, the organization received guidance from several consultants, including Rich D’Addario, consulting project manager in the Primavera Global Business Unit at Oracle, who was instrumental in shepherding the critical requirements-gathering phase. D’Addario encouraged staff to begin documenting shipping processes by considering the order in which activities occur and which ones are dependent on others to get accomplished. This exercise helped everyone realize that to be more efficient, they needed to keep track of shipments in a more standard way. “The staff didn’t recognize formal project management methodology,” says D’Addario. “But they did understand what the most important things are and that if they go wrong, an entire project can go off course.” Before, if a boatload of supplies was being sent to Haiti and there was a problem somewhere, a lot of time was taken up finding out where the problem was—because staff was not tracking things in a standard way. As a result, even more time was needed to find possible solutions to the problem and alert recipients that the aid might be delayed. “For everyone to put on the project manager hat and standardize the way every single thing is done means that now the whole organization is on the same page as to what needs to occur from the time a hurricane hits Haiti and when a boat pulls in to unload supplies,” says D’Addario. With so much care taken to put a process foundation firmly in place, configuring the Primavera solution was actually quite simple. Specific templates were set up for different types of shipments, and dashboards were implemented to provide executives with clear overviews of every project in the system. AmeriCares’ Loop reports that system planning, refining, and testing, followed by writing up documentation and training, took approximately four months. The system went live in spring 2011 at AmeriCares’ Connecticut headquarters. While the nonprofit has an international presence, with warehouses in Europe and offices in Haiti, India, Japan, and Sri Lanka, most donated medicines come from U.S. entities and are shipped from the U.S. out to the rest of the world. In addition, all shipments are tracked from the U.S. office. AmeriCares doesn’t expect the Primavera system to take months off the shipping time, especially for sea containers. However, any time saved is still important because it will allow aid to be delivered to people more quickly at a lower overall cost. “If we can trim a day or two here or there, that can translate into lives that we’re saving, especially in emergency situations,” says Sears. A Cultural Change Beyond the measurable benefits that come with IT-driven process improvement, AmeriCares management is seeing a change in culture as a result of the Primavera project. One change has been treating every shipment of aid as a project, and everyone involved with facilitating shipments as a project manager. “This is a revolutionary concept for us,” says McDermott. “Before, we were used to thinking we were doing logistics—getting a container from point A to point B without looking at it as one project and really understanding what it meant to manage it.” AmeriCares staff is also happy to report that collaboration within the organization is much more efficient. When someone creates a shipment in the Primavera system, the same shared template is used, which means anyone can log in to the system to see the status of a shipment. Knowledgeable staff can access a shipment project to help troubleshoot a problem. Management can easily check the status of projects across the organization. “Dashboards are really useful,” says McDermott. “Instead of going into the details of each project, you can just see the high-level real-time information at a glance.” The new system is helping team members focus on proactively managing shipments rather than simply reacting when problems occur. For example, when a container is shipped, documents must be included for customs clearance. Now, the shipping template has built-in reminders to prompt team members to ask for copies of these documents from freight forwarders and to follow up with partners to discover if a shipment is on time. In the past, staff may not have worked on securing these documents until they’d been notified a shipment had arrived in-country. Another benefit of capturing and adopting best practices within the Primavera system is that staff training is easier. “Capturing the processes in documented steps and milestones allows us to teach new staff members how to do their jobs faster,” says Sears. “It provides them with the knowledge of their predecessors so they don’t have to keep reinventing the wheel.” With the Primavera system already generating positive results, management is eager to take advantage of advanced capabilities. Loop is working on integrating the company’s proprietary inventory management system with the Primavera system so that when logistics or warehousing operators input data, the information will automatically go into the Primavera system. In the past, this information had to be manually keyed into spreadsheets, often leading to errors. Mining Historical Data Another feature on the horizon for AmeriCares is utilizing Primavera P6 Professional Project Management reporting capabilities. As the system begins to include more historical data, management soon will be able to draw on this information to conduct analysis that has not been possible before and create customized reports. For example, at the beginning of the shipment process, staff will be able to use historical data to more accurately estimate how long the approval process should take for a particular country. This could help ensure that food and medicine with limited shelf lives do not get stuck in customs or used beyond their expiration dates. The historical data in the Primavera system will also help AmeriCares with better planning year to year. The nonprofit’s staff has always put together a plan at the beginning of the year, but this has been very challenging simply because it is impossible to predict disasters. Now, management will be able to look at historical data and see trends and statistics as they set current objectives and prepare for future need. In addition, this historical data will provide AmeriCares management with the ability to review year-end data and compare actual project results with goals set at the beginning of the year—to see if desired outcomes were achieved and if there are areas that need improvement. It’s this type of information that is so valuable to donors. And, according to York, project management software can play a critical role in generating the data to help nonprofits sustain and grow. “It is important to invest in systems to help replicate, expand, and deliver services,” says York. “Project management software can help because it encourages nonprofits to examine program or service changes and how to manage moving forward.” Sears believes that AmeriCares donors will support the return on investment the organization will achieve with the Primavera solution. “It won’t be financial returns, but rather how many more people we can help for a given dollar or how much more quickly we can respond to a need,” says Sears. “I think donors are receptive to such arguments.” And for AmeriCares, it is all about the future and increasing results. The project management environment currently may be quite simple, but IT staff plans to expand the complexity and functionality as the organization grows in its knowledge of project management and the goals it wants to achieve. “As we use the system over time, we’ll continue to refine our best practices and accumulate more data,” says Sears. “It will advance our ability to make better data-driven decisions.”

    Read the article

  • Loosely coupled .NET Cache Provider using Dependency Injection

    - by Rhames
    I have recently been reading the excellent book “Dependency Injection in .NET”, written by Mark Seemann. I do not generally buy software development related books, as I never seem to have the time to read them, but I have found the time to read Mark’s book, and it was time well spent I think. Reading the ideas around Dependency Injection made me realise that the Cache Provider code I wrote about earlier (see http://geekswithblogs.net/Rhames/archive/2011/01/10/using-the-asp.net-cache-to-cache-data-in-a-model.aspx) could be refactored to use Dependency Injection, which should produce cleaner code. The goals are to: Separate the cache provider implementation (using the ASP.NET data cache) from the consumers (loose coupling). This will also mean that the dependency on System.Web for the cache provider does not ripple down into the layers where it is being consumed (such as the domain layer). Provide a decorator pattern to allow a consumer of the cache provider to be implemented separately from the base consumer (i.e. if we have a base repository, we can decorate this with a caching version). Although I used the term repository, in reality the cache consumer could be just about anything. Use constructor injection to provide the Dependency Injection, with a suitable DI container (I use Castle Windsor). The sample code for this post is available on github, https://github.com/RobinHames/CacheProvider.git ICacheProvider In the sample code, the key interface is ICacheProvider, which is in the domain layer. 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3:   4: namespace CacheDiSample.Domain 5: { 6: public interface ICacheProvider<T> 7: { 8: T Fetch(string key, Func<T> retrieveData, DateTime? absoluteExpiry, TimeSpan? relativeExpiry); 9: IEnumerable<T> Fetch(string key, Func<IEnumerable<T>> retrieveData, DateTime? absoluteExpiry, TimeSpan? relativeExpiry); 10: } 11: }   This interface contains two methods to retrieve data from the cache, either as a single instance or as an IEnumerable. the second paramerter is of type Func<T>. This is the method used to retrieve data if nothing is found in the cache. The ASP.NET implementation of the ICacheProvider interface needs to live in a project that has a reference to system.web, typically this will be the root UI project, or it could be a separate project. The key thing is that the domain or data access layers do not need system.web references adding to them. In my sample MVC application, the CacheProvider is implemented in the UI project, in a folder called “CacheProviders”: 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3: using System.Linq; 4: using System.Web; 5: using System.Web.Caching; 6: using CacheDiSample.Domain; 7:   8: namespace CacheDiSample.CacheProvider 9: { 10: public class CacheProvider<T> : ICacheProvider<T> 11: { 12: public T Fetch(string key, Func<T> retrieveData, DateTime? absoluteExpiry, TimeSpan? relativeExpiry) 13: { 14: return FetchAndCache<T>(key, retrieveData, absoluteExpiry, relativeExpiry); 15: } 16:   17: public IEnumerable<T> Fetch(string key, Func<IEnumerable<T>> retrieveData, DateTime? absoluteExpiry, TimeSpan? relativeExpiry) 18: { 19: return FetchAndCache<IEnumerable<T>>(key, retrieveData, absoluteExpiry, relativeExpiry); 20: } 21:   22: #region Helper Methods 23:   24: private U FetchAndCache<U>(string key, Func<U> retrieveData, DateTime? absoluteExpiry, TimeSpan? relativeExpiry) 25: { 26: U value; 27: if (!TryGetValue<U>(key, out value)) 28: { 29: value = retrieveData(); 30: if (!absoluteExpiry.HasValue) 31: absoluteExpiry = Cache.NoAbsoluteExpiration; 32:   33: if (!relativeExpiry.HasValue) 34: relativeExpiry = Cache.NoSlidingExpiration; 35:   36: HttpContext.Current.Cache.Insert(key, value, null, absoluteExpiry.Value, relativeExpiry.Value); 37: } 38: return value; 39: } 40:   41: private bool TryGetValue<U>(string key, out U value) 42: { 43: object cachedValue = HttpContext.Current.Cache.Get(key); 44: if (cachedValue == null) 45: { 46: value = default(U); 47: return false; 48: } 49: else 50: { 51: try 52: { 53: value = (U)cachedValue; 54: return true; 55: } 56: catch 57: { 58: value = default(U); 59: return false; 60: } 61: } 62: } 63:   64: #endregion 65:   66: } 67: }   The FetchAndCache helper method checks if the specified cache key exists, if it does not, the Func<U> retrieveData method is called, and the results are added to the cache. Using Castle Windsor to register the cache provider In the MVC UI project (my application root), Castle Windsor is used to register the CacheProvider implementation, using a Windsor Installer: 1: using Castle.MicroKernel.Registration; 2: using Castle.MicroKernel.SubSystems.Configuration; 3: using Castle.Windsor; 4:   5: using CacheDiSample.Domain; 6: using CacheDiSample.CacheProvider; 7:   8: namespace CacheDiSample.WindsorInstallers 9: { 10: public class CacheInstaller : IWindsorInstaller 11: { 12: public void Install(IWindsorContainer container, IConfigurationStore store) 13: { 14: container.Register( 15: Component.For(typeof(ICacheProvider<>)) 16: .ImplementedBy(typeof(CacheProvider<>)) 17: .LifestyleTransient()); 18: } 19: } 20: }   Note that the cache provider is registered as a open generic type. Consuming a Repository I have an existing couple of repository interfaces defined in my domain layer: IRepository.cs 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3:   4: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Model; 5:   6: namespace CacheDiSample.Domain.Repositories 7: { 8: public interface IRepository<T> 9: where T : EntityBase 10: { 11: T GetById(int id); 12: IList<T> GetAll(); 13: } 14: }   IBlogRepository.cs 1: using System; 2: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Model; 3:   4: namespace CacheDiSample.Domain.Repositories 5: { 6: public interface IBlogRepository : IRepository<Blog> 7: { 8: Blog GetByName(string name); 9: } 10: }   These two repositories are implemented in the DataAccess layer, using Entity Framework to retrieve data (this is not important though). One important point is that in the BaseRepository implementation of IRepository, the methods are virtual. This will allow the decorator to override them. The BlogRepository is registered in a RepositoriesInstaller, again in the MVC UI project. 1: using Castle.MicroKernel.Registration; 2: using Castle.MicroKernel.SubSystems.Configuration; 3: using Castle.Windsor; 4:   5: using CacheDiSample.Domain.CacheDecorators; 6: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Repositories; 7: using CacheDiSample.DataAccess; 8:   9: namespace CacheDiSample.WindsorInstallers 10: { 11: public class RepositoriesInstaller : IWindsorInstaller 12: { 13: public void Install(IWindsorContainer container, IConfigurationStore store) 14: { 15: container.Register(Component.For<IBlogRepository>() 16: .ImplementedBy<BlogRepository>() 17: .LifestyleTransient() 18: .DependsOn(new 19: { 20: nameOrConnectionString = "BloggingContext" 21: })); 22: } 23: } 24: }   Now I can inject a dependency on the IBlogRepository into a consumer, such as a controller in my sample code: 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3: using System.Linq; 4: using System.Web; 5: using System.Web.Mvc; 6:   7: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Repositories; 8: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Model; 9:   10: namespace CacheDiSample.Controllers 11: { 12: public class HomeController : Controller 13: { 14: private readonly IBlogRepository blogRepository; 15:   16: public HomeController(IBlogRepository blogRepository) 17: { 18: if (blogRepository == null) 19: throw new ArgumentNullException("blogRepository"); 20:   21: this.blogRepository = blogRepository; 22: } 23:   24: public ActionResult Index() 25: { 26: ViewBag.Message = "Welcome to ASP.NET MVC!"; 27:   28: var blogs = blogRepository.GetAll(); 29:   30: return View(new Models.HomeModel { Blogs = blogs }); 31: } 32:   33: public ActionResult About() 34: { 35: return View(); 36: } 37: } 38: }   Consuming the Cache Provider via a Decorator I used a Decorator pattern to consume the cache provider, this means my repositories follow the open/closed principle, as they do not require any modifications to implement the caching. It also means that my controllers do not have any knowledge of the caching taking place, as the DI container will simply inject the decorator instead of the root implementation of the repository. The first step is to implement a BlogRepository decorator, with the caching logic in it. Note that this can reside in the domain layer, as it does not require any knowledge of the data access methods. BlogRepositoryWithCaching.cs 1: using System; 2: using System.Collections.Generic; 3: using System.Linq; 4: using System.Text; 5:   6: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Model; 7: using CacheDiSample.Domain; 8: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Repositories; 9:   10: namespace CacheDiSample.Domain.CacheDecorators 11: { 12: public class BlogRepositoryWithCaching : IBlogRepository 13: { 14: // The generic cache provider, injected by DI 15: private ICacheProvider<Blog> cacheProvider; 16: // The decorated blog repository, injected by DI 17: private IBlogRepository parentBlogRepository; 18:   19: public BlogRepositoryWithCaching(IBlogRepository parentBlogRepository, ICacheProvider<Blog> cacheProvider) 20: { 21: if (parentBlogRepository == null) 22: throw new ArgumentNullException("parentBlogRepository"); 23:   24: this.parentBlogRepository = parentBlogRepository; 25:   26: if (cacheProvider == null) 27: throw new ArgumentNullException("cacheProvider"); 28:   29: this.cacheProvider = cacheProvider; 30: } 31:   32: public Blog GetByName(string name) 33: { 34: string key = string.Format("CacheDiSample.DataAccess.GetByName.{0}", name); 35: // hard code 5 minute expiry! 36: TimeSpan relativeCacheExpiry = new TimeSpan(0, 5, 0); 37: return cacheProvider.Fetch(key, () => 38: { 39: return parentBlogRepository.GetByName(name); 40: }, 41: null, relativeCacheExpiry); 42: } 43:   44: public Blog GetById(int id) 45: { 46: string key = string.Format("CacheDiSample.DataAccess.GetById.{0}", id); 47:   48: // hard code 5 minute expiry! 49: TimeSpan relativeCacheExpiry = new TimeSpan(0, 5, 0); 50: return cacheProvider.Fetch(key, () => 51: { 52: return parentBlogRepository.GetById(id); 53: }, 54: null, relativeCacheExpiry); 55: } 56:   57: public IList<Blog> GetAll() 58: { 59: string key = string.Format("CacheDiSample.DataAccess.GetAll"); 60:   61: // hard code 5 minute expiry! 62: TimeSpan relativeCacheExpiry = new TimeSpan(0, 5, 0); 63: return cacheProvider.Fetch(key, () => 64: { 65: return parentBlogRepository.GetAll(); 66: }, 67: null, relativeCacheExpiry) 68: .ToList(); 69: } 70: } 71: }   The key things in this caching repository are: I inject into the repository the ICacheProvider<Blog> implementation, via the constructor. This will make the cache provider functionality available to the repository. I inject the parent IBlogRepository implementation (which has the actual data access code), via the constructor. This will allow the methods implemented in the parent to be called if nothing is found in the cache. I override each of the methods implemented in the repository, including those implemented in the generic BaseRepository. Each override of these methods follows the same pattern. It makes a call to the CacheProvider.Fetch method, and passes in the parentBlogRepository implementation of the method as the retrieval method, to be used if nothing is present in the cache. Configuring the Caching Repository in the DI Container The final piece of the jigsaw is to tell Castle Windsor to use the BlogRepositoryWithCaching implementation of IBlogRepository, but to inject the actual Data Access implementation into this decorator. This is easily achieved by modifying the RepositoriesInstaller to use Windsor’s implicit decorator wiring: 1: using Castle.MicroKernel.Registration; 2: using Castle.MicroKernel.SubSystems.Configuration; 3: using Castle.Windsor; 4:   5: using CacheDiSample.Domain.CacheDecorators; 6: using CacheDiSample.Domain.Repositories; 7: using CacheDiSample.DataAccess; 8:   9: namespace CacheDiSample.WindsorInstallers 10: { 11: public class RepositoriesInstaller : IWindsorInstaller 12: { 13: public void Install(IWindsorContainer container, IConfigurationStore store) 14: { 15:   16: // Use Castle Windsor implicit wiring for the block repository decorator 17: // Register the outermost decorator first 18: container.Register(Component.For<IBlogRepository>() 19: .ImplementedBy<BlogRepositoryWithCaching>() 20: .LifestyleTransient()); 21: // Next register the IBlogRepository inmplementation to inject into the outer decorator 22: container.Register(Component.For<IBlogRepository>() 23: .ImplementedBy<BlogRepository>() 24: .LifestyleTransient() 25: .DependsOn(new 26: { 27: nameOrConnectionString = "BloggingContext" 28: })); 29: } 30: } 31: }   This is all that is needed. Now if the consumer of the repository makes a call to the repositories method, it will be routed via the caching mechanism. You can test this by stepping through the code, and seeing that the DataAccess.BlogRepository code is only called if there is no data in the cache, or this has expired. The next step is to add the SQL Cache Dependency support into this pattern, this will be a future post.

    Read the article

  • How to upgrade your Solaris 11 with the latest available SRUs ?

    - by jim
    1 ) Follow the instructions (*) in the document "Updating the Software on Your Oracle Solaris 11 System" * see and apply "How to Configure the Oracle Solaris support Repository" then run: # pkg update --accept Reboot if necessary (see "why" in STEP 3) Note: it is possible that your "pkg" package is not up to date # pkg update WARNING: pkg(5) appears to be out of date, and should be updated before running update.  Please update pkg(5) using 'pfexec pkg install pkg:/package/pkg' and then retry the update. -> So just upgrade it: # pkg install pkg:/package/pkg Reboot if necessary (see "why" in STEP 3) By the way, note that I am using the DEV tree: # pkg publisher -PPUBLISHER                             TYPE     STATUS   URIsolaris                               origin   online   https://pkg.oracle.com/solaris/dev/ 2 ) Now our system is ready to jump to the latest SRUs so check what is available: # pkg list -af entire NAME (PUBLISHER)                     VERSION                    IFO entire                                            0.5-DOT-11-0.175.1.0.0.24-DOT-2    ---   --> Latest version available in the repository ! entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.24.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.23.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.22.1    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.21.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.20.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.19.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.18.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.17.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.16.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.15.1    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.14.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.13.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.12.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.11.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.10.0    --- entire                                            0.5.11-0.175.0.11.0.4.1    i--   --> this is at what level your OS is ! 3 ) Apply the latest SRU: (don´t forget the --accept parameter) # pkg update --accept entire-AT-0.5.11-0.175.1.0.0.24.2------------------------------------------------------------Package: pkg://solaris/consolidation/osnet/osnet-incorporation-AT-0.5.11,5.11-0.175.1.0.0.24.2:20120919T184141ZLicense: usr/src/pkg/license_files/lic_OTNOracle Technology Network Developer License AgreementOracle Solaris, Oracle Solaris Cluster and Oracle Solaris ExpressEXPORT CONTROLSSelecting the "Accept License Agreement" button is a confirmationof your agreement that you comply, now and during the trial term(if applicable), with each of the following statements:-You are not a citizen, national, or resident of, and are not undercontrol of, the government of Cuba, Iran, Sudan, North Korea, Syria,or any country to which the United States has prohibited export. <....> Packages to remove:  10 Packages to install:  38 Packages to update: 443 Mediators to change:   2 Create boot environment: Yes   --> a reboot is required and a new BE will be created for you !! Create backup boot environment:  No DOWNLOAD                               PKGS       FILES    XFER (MB)Completed                                491/491 23113/23113  504.2/504.2PHASE                                        ACTIONSRemoval Phase                           10359/10359 Install Phase                               15530/15530 Update Phase                              15543/15543 PHASE                                          ITEMSPackage State Update Phase         932/932 Package Cache Update Phase       452/452 Image State Update Phase                    2/2 A clone of solaris-1 exists and has been updated and activated.On the next boot the Boot Environment solaris-2 will bemounted on '/'.  Reboot when ready to switch to this updated BE. 4 ) Reboot your system # reboot  5 ) Resources Solaris 11 Express and Solaris 11 Support Repositories Explained [ID 1021281.1] Oracle Solaris 11 Release Notes Updating the Software on Your Oracle Solaris 11 System

    Read the article

  • SimpleMembership, Membership Providers, Universal Providers and the new ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms and ASP.NET MVC 4 templates

    - by Jon Galloway
    The ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet template adds some new, very useful features which are built on top of SimpleMembership. These changes add some great features, like a much simpler and extensible membership API and support for OAuth. However, the new account management features require SimpleMembership and won't work against existing ASP.NET Membership Providers. I'll start with a summary of top things you need to know, then dig into a lot more detail. Summary: SimpleMembership has been designed as a replacement for traditional the previous ASP.NET Role and Membership provider system SimpleMembership solves common problems people ran into with the Membership provider system and was designed for modern user / membership / storage needs SimpleMembership integrates with the previous membership system, but you can't use a MembershipProvider with SimpleMembership The new ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet application template AccountController requires SimpleMembership and is not compatible with previous MembershipProviders You can continue to use existing ASP.NET Role and Membership providers in ASP.NET 4.5 and ASP.NET MVC 4 - just not with the ASP.NET MVC 4 AccountController The existing ASP.NET Role and Membership provider system remains supported as is part of the ASP.NET core ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms does not use SimpleMembership; it implements OAuth on top of ASP.NET Membership The ASP.NET Web Site Administration Tool (WSAT) is not compatible with SimpleMembership The following is the result of a few conversations with Erik Porter (PM for ASP.NET MVC) to make sure I had some the overall details straight, combined with a lot of time digging around in ILSpy and Visual Studio's assembly browsing tools. SimpleMembership: The future of membership for ASP.NET The ASP.NET Membership system was introduces with ASP.NET 2.0 back in 2005. It was designed to solve common site membership requirements at the time, which generally involved username / password based registration and profile storage in SQL Server. It was designed with a few extensibility mechanisms - notably a provider system (which allowed you override some specifics like backing storage) and the ability to store additional profile information (although the additional  profile information was packed into a single column which usually required access through the API). While it's sometimes frustrating to work with, it's held up for seven years - probably since it handles the main use case (username / password based membership in a SQL Server database) smoothly and can be adapted to most other needs (again, often frustrating, but it can work). The ASP.NET Web Pages and WebMatrix efforts allowed the team an opportunity to take a new look at a lot of things - e.g. the Razor syntax started with ASP.NET Web Pages, not ASP.NET MVC. The ASP.NET Web Pages team designed SimpleMembership to (wait for it) simplify the task of dealing with membership. As Matthew Osborn said in his post Using SimpleMembership With ASP.NET WebPages: With the introduction of ASP.NET WebPages and the WebMatrix stack our team has really be focusing on making things simpler for the developer. Based on a lot of customer feedback one of the areas that we wanted to improve was the built in security in ASP.NET. So with this release we took that time to create a new built in (and default for ASP.NET WebPages) security provider. I say provider because the new stuff is still built on the existing ASP.NET framework. So what do we call this new hotness that we have created? Well, none other than SimpleMembership. SimpleMembership is an umbrella term for both SimpleMembership and SimpleRoles. Part of simplifying membership involved fixing some common problems with ASP.NET Membership. Problems with ASP.NET Membership ASP.NET Membership was very obviously designed around a set of assumptions: Users and user information would most likely be stored in a full SQL Server database or in Active Directory User and profile information would be optimized around a set of common attributes (UserName, Password, IsApproved, CreationDate, Comment, Role membership...) and other user profile information would be accessed through a profile provider Some problems fall out of these assumptions. Requires Full SQL Server for default cases The default, and most fully featured providers ASP.NET Membership providers (SQL Membership Provider, SQL Role Provider, SQL Profile Provider) require full SQL Server. They depend on stored procedure support, and they rely on SQL Server cache dependencies, they depend on agents for clean up and maintenance. So the main SQL Server based providers don't work well on SQL Server CE, won't work out of the box on SQL Azure, etc. Note: Cory Fowler recently let me know about these Updated ASP.net scripts for use with Microsoft SQL Azure which do support membership, personalization, profile, and roles. But the fact that we need a support page with a set of separate SQL scripts underscores the underlying problem. Aha, you say! Jon's forgetting the Universal Providers, a.k.a. System.Web.Providers! Hold on a bit, we'll get to those... Custom Membership Providers have to work with a SQL-Server-centric API If you want to work with another database or other membership storage system, you need to to inherit from the provider base classes and override a bunch of methods which are tightly focused on storing a MembershipUser in a relational database. It can be done (and you can often find pretty good ones that have already been written), but it's a good amount of work and often leaves you with ugly code that has a bunch of System.NotImplementedException fun since there are a lot of methods that just don't apply. Designed around a specific view of users, roles and profiles The existing providers are focused on traditional membership - a user has a username and a password, some specific roles on the site (e.g. administrator, premium user), and may have some additional "nice to have" optional information that can be accessed via an API in your application. This doesn't fit well with some modern usage patterns: In OAuth and OpenID, the user doesn't have a password Often these kinds of scenarios map better to user claims or rights instead of monolithic user roles For many sites, profile or other non-traditional information is very important and needs to come from somewhere other than an API call that maps to a database blob What would work a lot better here is a system in which you were able to define your users, rights, and other attributes however you wanted and the membership system worked with your model - not the other way around. Requires specific schema, overflow in blob columns I've already mentioned this a few times, but it bears calling out separately - ASP.NET Membership focuses on SQL Server storage, and that storage is based on a very specific database schema. SimpleMembership as a better membership system As you might have guessed, SimpleMembership was designed to address the above problems. Works with your Schema As Matthew Osborn explains in his Using SimpleMembership With ASP.NET WebPages post, SimpleMembership is designed to integrate with your database schema: All SimpleMembership requires is that there are two columns on your users table so that we can hook up to it – an “ID” column and a “username” column. The important part here is that they can be named whatever you want. For instance username doesn't have to be an alias it could be an email column you just have to tell SimpleMembership to treat that as the “username” used to log in. Matthew's example shows using a very simple user table named Users (it could be named anything) with a UserID and Username column, then a bunch of other columns he wanted in his app. Then we point SimpleMemberhip at that table with a one-liner: WebSecurity.InitializeDatabaseFile("SecurityDemo.sdf", "Users", "UserID", "Username", true); No other tables are needed, the table can be named anything we want, and can have pretty much any schema we want as long as we've got an ID and something that we can map to a username. Broaden database support to the whole SQL Server family While SimpleMembership is not database agnostic, it works across the SQL Server family. It continues to support full SQL Server, but it also works with SQL Azure, SQL Server CE, SQL Server Express, and LocalDB. Everything's implemented as SQL calls rather than requiring stored procedures, views, agents, and change notifications. Note that SimpleMembership still requires some flavor of SQL Server - it won't work with MySQL, NoSQL databases, etc. You can take a look at the code in WebMatrix.WebData.dll using a tool like ILSpy if you'd like to see why - there places where SQL Server specific SQL statements are being executed, especially when creating and initializing tables. It seems like you might be able to work with another database if you created the tables separately, but I haven't tried it and it's not supported at this point. Note: I'm thinking it would be possible for SimpleMembership (or something compatible) to run Entity Framework so it would work with any database EF supports. That seems useful to me - thoughts? Note: SimpleMembership has the same database support - anything in the SQL Server family - that Universal Providers brings to the ASP.NET Membership system. Easy to with Entity Framework Code First The problem with with ASP.NET Membership's system for storing additional account information is that it's the gate keeper. That means you're stuck with its schema and accessing profile information through its API. SimpleMembership flips that around by allowing you to use any table as a user store. That means you're in control of the user profile information, and you can access it however you'd like - it's just data. Let's look at a practical based on the AccountModel.cs class in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet project. Here I'm adding a Birthday property to the UserProfile class. [Table("UserProfile")] public class UserProfile { [Key] [DatabaseGeneratedAttribute(DatabaseGeneratedOption.Identity)] public int UserId { get; set; } public string UserName { get; set; } public DateTime Birthday { get; set; } } Now if I want to access that information, I can just grab the account by username and read the value. var context = new UsersContext(); var username = User.Identity.Name; var user = context.UserProfiles.SingleOrDefault(u => u.UserName == username); var birthday = user.Birthday; So instead of thinking of SimpleMembership as a big membership API, think of it as something that handles membership based on your user database. In SimpleMembership, everything's keyed off a user row in a table you define rather than a bunch of entries in membership tables that were out of your control. How SimpleMembership integrates with ASP.NET Membership Okay, enough sales pitch (and hopefully background) on why things have changed. How does this affect you? Let's start with a diagram to show the relationship (note: I've simplified by removing a few classes to show the important relationships): So SimpleMembershipProvider is an implementaiton of an ExtendedMembershipProvider, which inherits from MembershipProvider and adds some other account / OAuth related things. Here's what ExtendedMembershipProvider adds to MembershipProvider: The important thing to take away here is that a SimpleMembershipProvider is a MembershipProvider, but a MembershipProvider is not a SimpleMembershipProvider. This distinction is important in practice: you cannot use an existing MembershipProvider (including the Universal Providers found in System.Web.Providers) with an API that requires a SimpleMembershipProvider, including any of the calls in WebMatrix.WebData.WebSecurity or Microsoft.Web.WebPages.OAuth.OAuthWebSecurity. However, that's as far as it goes. Membership Providers still work if you're accessing them through the standard Membership API, and all of the core stuff  - including the AuthorizeAttribute, role enforcement, etc. - will work just fine and without any change. Let's look at how that affects you in terms of the new templates. Membership in the ASP.NET MVC 4 project templates ASP.NET MVC 4 offers six Project Templates: Empty - Really empty, just the assemblies, folder structure and a tiny bit of basic configuration. Basic - Like Empty, but with a bit of UI preconfigured (css / images / bundling). Internet - This has both a Home and Account controller and associated views. The Account Controller supports registration and login via either local accounts and via OAuth / OpenID providers. Intranet - Like the Internet template, but it's preconfigured for Windows Authentication. Mobile - This is preconfigured using jQuery Mobile and is intended for mobile-only sites. Web API - This is preconfigured for a service backend built on ASP.NET Web API. Out of these templates, only one (the Internet template) uses SimpleMembership. ASP.NET MVC 4 Basic template The Basic template has configuration in place to use ASP.NET Membership with the Universal Providers. You can see that configuration in the ASP.NET MVC 4 Basic template's web.config: <profile defaultProvider="DefaultProfileProvider"> <providers> <add name="DefaultProfileProvider" type="System.Web.Providers.DefaultProfileProvider, System.Web.Providers, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=31bf3856ad364e35" connectionStringName="DefaultConnection" applicationName="/" /> </providers> </profile> <membership defaultProvider="DefaultMembershipProvider"> <providers> <add name="DefaultMembershipProvider" type="System.Web.Providers.DefaultMembershipProvider, System.Web.Providers, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=31bf3856ad364e35" connectionStringName="DefaultConnection" enablePasswordRetrieval="false" enablePasswordReset="true" requiresQuestionAndAnswer="false" requiresUniqueEmail="false" maxInvalidPasswordAttempts="5" minRequiredPasswordLength="6" minRequiredNonalphanumericCharacters="0" passwordAttemptWindow="10" applicationName="/" /> </providers> </membership> <roleManager defaultProvider="DefaultRoleProvider"> <providers> <add name="DefaultRoleProvider" type="System.Web.Providers.DefaultRoleProvider, System.Web.Providers, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=31bf3856ad364e35" connectionStringName="DefaultConnection" applicationName="/" /> </providers> </roleManager> <sessionState mode="InProc" customProvider="DefaultSessionProvider"> <providers> <add name="DefaultSessionProvider" type="System.Web.Providers.DefaultSessionStateProvider, System.Web.Providers, Version=1.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=31bf3856ad364e35" connectionStringName="DefaultConnection" /> </providers> </sessionState> This means that it's business as usual for the Basic template as far as ASP.NET Membership works. ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet template The Internet template has a few things set up to bootstrap SimpleMembership: \Models\AccountModels.cs defines a basic user account and includes data annotations to define keys and such \Filters\InitializeSimpleMembershipAttribute.cs creates the membership database using the above model, then calls WebSecurity.InitializeDatabaseConnection which verifies that the underlying tables are in place and marks initialization as complete (for the application's lifetime) \Controllers\AccountController.cs makes heavy use of OAuthWebSecurity (for OAuth account registration / login / management) and WebSecurity. WebSecurity provides account management services for ASP.NET MVC (and Web Pages) WebSecurity can work with any ExtendedMembershipProvider. There's one in the box (SimpleMembershipProvider) but you can write your own. Since a standard MembershipProvider is not an ExtendedMembershipProvider, WebSecurity will throw exceptions if the default membership provider is a MembershipProvider rather than an ExtendedMembershipProvider. Practical example: Create a new ASP.NET MVC 4 application using the Internet application template Install the Microsoft ASP.NET Universal Providers for LocalDB NuGet package Run the application, click on Register, add a username and password, and click submit You'll get the following execption in AccountController.cs::Register: To call this method, the "Membership.Provider" property must be an instance of "ExtendedMembershipProvider". This occurs because the ASP.NET Universal Providers packages include a web.config transform that will update your web.config to add the Universal Provider configuration I showed in the Basic template example above. When WebSecurity tries to use the configured ASP.NET Membership Provider, it checks if it can be cast to an ExtendedMembershipProvider before doing anything else. So, what do you do? Options: If you want to use the new AccountController, you'll either need to use the SimpleMembershipProvider or another valid ExtendedMembershipProvider. This is pretty straightforward. If you want to use an existing ASP.NET Membership Provider in ASP.NET MVC 4, you can't use the new AccountController. You can do a few things: Replace  the AccountController.cs and AccountModels.cs in an ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet project with one from an ASP.NET MVC 3 application (you of course won't have OAuth support). Then, if you want, you can go through and remove other things that were built around SimpleMembership - the OAuth partial view, the NuGet packages (e.g. the DotNetOpenAuthAuth package, etc.) Use an ASP.NET MVC 4 Internet application template and add in a Universal Providers NuGet package. Then copy in the AccountController and AccountModel classes. Create an ASP.NET MVC 3 project and upgrade it to ASP.NET MVC 4 using the steps shown in the ASP.NET MVC 4 release notes. None of these are particularly elegant or simple. Maybe we (or just me?) can do something to make this simpler - perhaps a NuGet package. However, this should be an edge case - hopefully the cases where you'd need to create a new ASP.NET but use legacy ASP.NET Membership Providers should be pretty rare. Please let me (or, preferably the team) know if that's an incorrect assumption. Membership in the ASP.NET 4.5 project template ASP.NET 4.5 Web Forms took a different approach which builds off ASP.NET Membership. Instead of using the WebMatrix security assemblies, Web Forms uses Microsoft.AspNet.Membership.OpenAuth assembly. I'm no expert on this, but from a bit of time in ILSpy and Visual Studio's (very pretty) dependency graphs, this uses a Membership Adapter to save OAuth data into an EF managed database while still running on top of ASP.NET Membership. Note: There may be a way to use this in ASP.NET MVC 4, although it would probably take some plumbing work to hook it up. How does this fit in with Universal Providers (System.Web.Providers)? Just to summarize: Universal Providers are intended for cases where you have an existing ASP.NET Membership Provider and you want to use it with another SQL Server database backend (other than SQL Server). It doesn't require agents to handle expired session cleanup and other background tasks, it piggybacks these tasks on other calls. Universal Providers are not really, strictly speaking, universal - at least to my way of thinking. They only work with databases in the SQL Server family. Universal Providers do not work with Simple Membership. The Universal Providers packages include some web config transforms which you would normally want when you're using them. What about the Web Site Administration Tool? Visual Studio includes tooling to launch the Web Site Administration Tool (WSAT) to configure users and roles in your application. WSAT is built to work with ASP.NET Membership, and is not compatible with Simple Membership. There are two main options there: Use the WebSecurity and OAuthWebSecurity API to manage the users and roles Create a web admin using the above APIs Since SimpleMembership runs on top of your database, you can update your users as you would any other data - via EF or even in direct database edits (in development, of course)

    Read the article

  • Top things web developers should know about the Visual Studio 2013 release

    - by Jon Galloway
    ASP.NET and Web Tools for Visual Studio 2013 Release NotesASP.NET and Web Tools for Visual Studio 2013 Release NotesSummary for lazy readers: Visual Studio 2013 is now available for download on the Visual Studio site and on MSDN subscriber downloads) Visual Studio 2013 installs side by side with Visual Studio 2012 and supports round-tripping between Visual Studio versions, so you can try it out without committing to a switch Visual Studio 2013 ships with the new version of ASP.NET, which includes ASP.NET MVC 5, ASP.NET Web API 2, Razor 3, Entity Framework 6 and SignalR 2.0 The new releases ASP.NET focuses on One ASP.NET, so core features and web tools work the same across the platform (e.g. adding ASP.NET MVC controllers to a Web Forms application) New core features include new templates based on Bootstrap, a new scaffolding system, and a new identity system Visual Studio 2013 is an incredible editor for web files, including HTML, CSS, JavaScript, Markdown, LESS, Coffeescript, Handlebars, Angular, Ember, Knockdown, etc. Top links: Visual Studio 2013 content on the ASP.NET site are in the standard new releases area: http://www.asp.net/vnext ASP.NET and Web Tools for Visual Studio 2013 Release Notes Short intro videos on the new Visual Studio web editor features from Scott Hanselman and Mads Kristensen Announcing release of ASP.NET and Web Tools for Visual Studio 2013 post on the official .NET Web Development and Tools Blog Scott Guthrie's post: Announcing the Release of Visual Studio 2013 and Great Improvements to ASP.NET and Entity Framework Okay, for those of you who are still with me, let's dig in a bit. Quick web dev notes on downloading and installing Visual Studio 2013 I found Visual Studio 2013 to be a pretty fast install. According to Brian Harry's release post, installing over pre-release versions of Visual Studio is supported.  I've installed the release version over pre-release versions, and it worked fine. If you're only going to be doing web development, you can speed up the install if you just select Web Developer tools. Of course, as a good Microsoft employee, I'll mention that you might also want to install some of those other features, like the Store apps for Windows 8 and the Windows Phone 8.0 SDK, but they do download and install a lot of other stuff (e.g. the Windows Phone SDK sets up Hyper-V and downloads several GB's of VM's). So if you're planning just to do web development for now, you can pick just the Web Developer Tools and install the other stuff later. If you've got a fast internet connection, I recommend using the web installer instead of downloading the ISO. The ISO includes all the features, whereas the web installer just downloads what you're installing. Visual Studio 2013 development settings and color theme When you start up Visual Studio, it'll prompt you to pick some defaults. These are totally up to you -whatever suits your development style - and you can change them later. As I said, these are completely up to you. I recommend either the Web Development or Web Development (Code Only) settings. The only real difference is that Code Only hides the toolbars, and you can switch between them using Tools / Import and Export Settings / Reset. Web Development settings Web Development (code only) settings Usually I've just gone with Web Development (code only) in the past because I just want to focus on the code, although the Standard toolbar does make it easier to switch default web browsers. More on that later. Color theme Sigh. Okay, everyone's got their favorite colors. I alternate between Light and Dark depending on my mood, and I personally like how the low contrast on the window chrome in those themes puts the emphasis on my code rather than the tabs and toolbars. I know some people got pretty worked up over that, though, and wanted the blue theme back. I personally don't like it - it reminds me of ancient versions of Visual Studio that I don't want to think about anymore. So here's the thing: if you install Visual Studio Ultimate, it defaults to Blue. The other versions default to Light. If you use Blue, I won't criticize you - out loud, that is. You can change themes really easily - either Tools / Options / Environment / General, or the smart way: ctrl+q for quick launch, then type Theme and hit enter. Signing in During the first run, you'll be prompted to sign in. You don't have to - you can click the "Not now, maybe later" link at the bottom of that dialog. I recommend signing in, though. It's not hooked in with licensing or tracking the kind of code you write to sell you components. It is doing good things, like  syncing your Visual Studio settings between computers. More about that here. So, you don't have to, but I sure do. Overview of shiny new things in ASP.NET land There are a lot of good new things in ASP.NET. I'll list some of my favorite here, but you can read more on the ASP.NET site. One ASP.NET You've heard us talk about this for a while. The idea is that options are good, but choice can be a burden. When you start a new ASP.NET project, why should you have to make a tough decision - with long-term consequences - about how your application will work? If you want to use ASP.NET Web Forms, but have the option of adding in ASP.NET MVC later, why should that be hard? It's all ASP.NET, right? Ideally, you'd just decide that you want to use ASP.NET to build sites and services, and you could use the appropriate tools (the green blocks below) as you needed them. So, here it is. When you create a new ASP.NET application, you just create an ASP.NET application. Next, you can pick from some templates to get you started... but these are different. They're not "painful decision" templates, they're just some starting pieces. And, most importantly, you can mix and match. I can pick a "mostly" Web Forms template, but include MVC and Web API folders and core references. If you've tried to mix and match in the past, you're probably aware that it was possible, but not pleasant. ASP.NET MVC project files contained special project type GUIDs, so you'd only get controller scaffolding support in a Web Forms project if you manually edited the csproj file. Features in one stack didn't work in others. Project templates were painful choices. That's no longer the case. Hooray! I just did a demo in a presentation last week where I created a new Web Forms + MVC + Web API site, built a model, scaffolded MVC and Web API controllers with EF Code First, add data in the MVC view, viewed it in Web API, then added a GridView to the Web Forms Default.aspx page and bound it to the Model. In about 5 minutes. Sure, it's a simple example, but it's great to be able to share code and features across the whole ASP.NET family. Authentication In the past, authentication was built into the templates. So, for instance, there was an ASP.NET MVC 4 Intranet Project template which created a new ASP.NET MVC 4 application that was preconfigured for Windows Authentication. All of that authentication stuff was built into each template, so they varied between the stacks, and you couldn't reuse them. You didn't see a lot of changes to the authentication options, since they required big changes to a bunch of project templates. Now, the new project dialog includes a common authentication experience. When you hit the Change Authentication button, you get some common options that work the same way regardless of the template or reference settings you've made. These options work on all ASP.NET frameworks, and all hosting environments (IIS, IIS Express, or OWIN for self-host) The default is Individual User Accounts: This is the standard "create a local account, using username / password or OAuth" thing; however, it's all built on the new Identity system. More on that in a second. The one setting that has some configuration to it is Organizational Accounts, which lets you configure authentication using Active Directory, Windows Azure Active Directory, or Office 365. Identity There's a new identity system. We've taken the best parts of the previous ASP.NET Membership and Simple Identity systems, rolled in a lot of feedback and made big enhancements to support important developer concerns like unit testing and extensiblity. I've written long posts about ASP.NET identity, and I'll do it again. Soon. This is not that post. The short version is that I think we've finally got just the right Identity system. Some of my favorite features: There are simple, sensible defaults that work well - you can File / New / Run / Register / Login, and everything works. It supports standard username / password as well as external authentication (OAuth, etc.). It's easy to customize without having to re-implement an entire provider. It's built using pluggable pieces, rather than one large monolithic system. It's built using interfaces like IUser and IRole that allow for unit testing, dependency injection, etc. You can easily add user profile data (e.g. URL, twitter handle, birthday). You just add properties to your ApplicationUser model and they'll automatically be persisted. Complete control over how the identity data is persisted. By default, everything works with Entity Framework Code First, but it's built to support changes from small (modify the schema) to big (use another ORM, store your data in a document database or in the cloud or in XML or in the EXIF data of your desktop background or whatever). It's configured via OWIN. More on OWIN and Katana later, but the fact that it's built using OWIN means it's portable. You can find out more in the Authentication and Identity section of the ASP.NET site (and lots more content will be going up there soon). New Bootstrap based project templates The new project templates are built using Bootstrap 3. Bootstrap (formerly Twitter Bootstrap) is a front-end framework that brings a lot of nice benefits: It's responsive, so your projects will automatically scale to device width using CSS media queries. For example, menus are full size on a desktop browser, but on narrower screens you automatically get a mobile-friendly menu. The built-in Bootstrap styles make your standard page elements (headers, footers, buttons, form inputs, tables etc.) look nice and modern. Bootstrap is themeable, so you can reskin your whole site by dropping in a new Bootstrap theme. Since Bootstrap is pretty popular across the web development community, this gives you a large and rapidly growing variety of templates (free and paid) to choose from. Bootstrap also includes a lot of very useful things: components (like progress bars and badges), useful glyphicons, and some jQuery plugins for tooltips, dropdowns, carousels, etc.). Here's a look at how the responsive part works. When the page is full screen, the menu and header are optimized for a wide screen display: When I shrink the page down (this is all based on page width, not useragent sniffing) the menu turns into a nice mobile-friendly dropdown: For a quick example, I grabbed a new free theme off bootswatch.com. For simple themes, you just need to download the boostrap.css file and replace the /content/bootstrap.css file in your project. Now when I refresh the page, I've got a new theme: Scaffolding The big change in scaffolding is that it's one system that works across ASP.NET. You can create a new Empty Web project or Web Forms project and you'll get the Scaffold context menus. For release, we've got MVC 5 and Web API 2 controllers. We had a preview of Web Forms scaffolding in the preview releases, but they weren't fully baked for RTM. Look for them in a future update, expected pretty soon. This scaffolding system wasn't just changed to work across the ASP.NET frameworks, it's also built to enable future extensibility. That's not in this release, but should also hopefully be out soon. Project Readme page This is a small thing, but I really like it. When you create a new project, you get a Project_Readme.html page that's added to the root of your project and opens in the Visual Studio built-in browser. I love it. A long time ago, when you created a new project we just dumped it on you and left you scratching your head about what to do next. Not ideal. Then we started adding a bunch of Getting Started information to the new project templates. That told you what to do next, but you had to delete all of that stuff out of your website. It doesn't belong there. Not ideal. This is a simple HTML file that's not integrated into your project code at all. You can delete it if you want. But, it shows a lot of helpful links that are current for the project you just created. In the future, if we add new wacky project types, they can create readme docs with specific information on how to do appropriately wacky things. Side note: I really like that they used the internal browser in Visual Studio to show this content rather than popping open an HTML page in the default browser. I hate that. It's annoying. If you're doing that, I hope you'll stop. What if some unnamed person has 40 or 90 tabs saved in their browser session? When you pop open your "Thanks for installing my Visual Studio extension!" page, all eleventy billion tabs start up and I wish I'd never installed your thing. Be like these guys and pop stuff Visual Studio specific HTML docs in the Visual Studio browser. ASP.NET MVC 5 The biggest change with ASP.NET MVC 5 is that it's no longer a separate project type. It integrates well with the rest of ASP.NET. In addition to that and the other common features we've already looked at (Bootstrap templates, Identity, authentication), here's what's new for ASP.NET MVC. Attribute routing ASP.NET MVC now supports attribute routing, thanks to a contribution by Tim McCall, the author of http://attributerouting.net. With attribute routing you can specify your routes by annotating your actions and controllers. This supports some pretty complex, customized routing scenarios, and it allows you to keep your route information right with your controller actions if you'd like. Here's a controller that includes an action whose method name is Hiding, but I've used AttributeRouting to configure it to /spaghetti/with-nesting/where-is-waldo public class SampleController : Controller { [Route("spaghetti/with-nesting/where-is-waldo")] public string Hiding() { return "You found me!"; } } I enable that in my RouteConfig.cs, and I can use that in conjunction with my other MVC routes like this: public class RouteConfig { public static void RegisterRoutes(RouteCollection routes) { routes.IgnoreRoute("{resource}.axd/{*pathInfo}"); routes.MapMvcAttributeRoutes(); routes.MapRoute( name: "Default", url: "{controller}/{action}/{id}", defaults: new { controller = "Home", action = "Index", id = UrlParameter.Optional } ); } } You can read more about Attribute Routing in ASP.NET MVC 5 here. Filter enhancements There are two new additions to filters: Authentication Filters and Filter Overrides. Authentication filters are a new kind of filter in ASP.NET MVC that run prior to authorization filters in the ASP.NET MVC pipeline and allow you to specify authentication logic per-action, per-controller, or globally for all controllers. Authentication filters process credentials in the request and provide a corresponding principal. Authentication filters can also add authentication challenges in response to unauthorized requests. Override filters let you change which filters apply to a given action method or controller. Override filters specify a set of filter types that should not be run for a given scope (action or controller). This allows you to configure filters that apply globally but then exclude certain global filters from applying to specific actions or controllers. ASP.NET Web API 2 ASP.NET Web API 2 includes a lot of new features. Attribute Routing ASP.NET Web API supports the same attribute routing system that's in ASP.NET MVC 5. You can read more about the Attribute Routing features in Web API in this article. OAuth 2.0 ASP.NET Web API picks up OAuth 2.0 support, using security middleware running on OWIN (discussed below). This is great for features like authenticated Single Page Applications. OData Improvements ASP.NET Web API now has full OData support. That required adding in some of the most powerful operators: $select, $expand, $batch and $value. You can read more about OData operator support in this article by Mike Wasson. Lots more There's a huge list of other features, including CORS (cross-origin request sharing), IHttpActionResult, IHttpRequestContext, and more. I think the best overview is in the release notes. OWIN and Katana I've written about OWIN and Katana recently. I'm a big fan. OWIN is the Open Web Interfaces for .NET. It's a spec, like HTML or HTTP, so you can't install OWIN. The benefit of OWIN is that it's a community specification, so anyone who implements it can plug into the ASP.NET stack, either as middleware or as a host. Katana is the Microsoft implementation of OWIN. It leverages OWIN to wire up things like authentication, handlers, modules, IIS hosting, etc., so ASP.NET can host OWIN components and Katana components can run in someone else's OWIN implementation. Howard Dierking just wrote a cool article in MSDN magazine describing Katana in depth: Getting Started with the Katana Project. He had an interesting example showing an OWIN based pipeline which leveraged SignalR, ASP.NET Web API and NancyFx components in the same stack. If this kind of thing makes sense to you, that's great. If it doesn't, don't worry, but keep an eye on it. You're going to see some cool things happen as a result of ASP.NET becoming more and more pluggable. Visual Studio Web Tools Okay, this stuff's just crazy. Visual Studio has been adding some nice web dev features over the past few years, but they've really cranked it up for this release. Visual Studio is by far my favorite code editor for all web files: CSS, HTML, JavaScript, and lots of popular libraries. Stop thinking of Visual Studio as a big editor that you only use to write back-end code. Stop editing HTML and CSS in Notepad (or Sublime, Notepad++, etc.). Visual Studio starts up in under 2 seconds on a modern computer with an SSD. Misspelling HTML attributes or your CSS classes or jQuery or Angular syntax is stupid. It doesn't make you a better developer, it makes you a silly person who wastes time. Browser Link Browser Link is a real-time, two-way connection between Visual Studio and all connected browsers. It's only attached when you're running locally, in debug, but it applies to any and all connected browser, including emulators. You may have seen demos that showed the browsers refreshing based on changes in the editor, and I'll agree that's pretty cool. But it's really just the start. It's a two-way connection, and it's built for extensiblity. That means you can write extensions that push information from your running application (in IE, Chrome, a mobile emulator, etc.) back to Visual Studio. Mads and team have showed off some demonstrations where they enabled edit mode in the browser which updated the source HTML back on the browser. It's also possible to look at how the rendered HTML performs, check for compatibility issues, watch for unused CSS classes, the sky's the limit. New HTML editor The previous HTML editor had a lot of old code that didn't allow for improvements. The team rewrote the HTML editor to take advantage of the new(ish) extensibility features in Visual Studio, which then allowed them to add in all kinds of features - things like CSS Class and ID IntelliSense (so you type style="" and get a list of classes and ID's for your project), smart indent based on how your document is formatted, JavaScript reference auto-sync, etc. Here's a 3 minute tour from Mads Kristensen. The previous HTML editor had a lot of old code that didn't allow for improvements. The team rewrote the HTML editor to take advantage of the new(ish) extensibility features in Visual Studio, which then allowed them to add in all kinds of features - things like CSS Class and ID IntelliSense (so you type style="" and get a list of classes and ID's for your project), smart indent based on how your document is formatted, JavaScript reference auto-sync, etc. Lots more Visual Studio web dev features That's just a sampling - there's a ton of great features for JavaScript editing, CSS editing, publishing, and Page Inspector (which shows real-time rendering of your page inside Visual Studio). Here are some more short videos showing those features. Lots, lots more Okay, that's just a summary, and it's still quite a bit. Head on over to http://asp.net/vnext for more information, and download Visual Studio 2013 now to get started!

    Read the article

  • Entity Framework Code-First, OData & Windows Phone Client

    - by Jon Galloway
    Entity Framework Code-First is the coolest thing since sliced bread, Windows  Phone is the hottest thing since Tickle-Me-Elmo and OData is just too great to ignore. As part of the Full Stack project, we wanted to put them together, which turns out to be pretty easy… once you know how.   EF Code-First CTP5 is available now and there should be very few breaking changes in the release edition, which is due early in 2011.  Note: EF Code-First evolved rapidly and many of the existing documents and blog posts which were written with earlier versions, may now be obsolete or at least misleading.   Code-First? With traditional Entity Framework you start with a database and from that you generate “entities” – classes that bridge between the relational database and your object oriented program. With Code-First (Magic-Unicorn) (see Hanselman’s write up and this later write up by Scott Guthrie) the Entity Framework looks at classes you created and says “if I had created these classes, the database would have to have looked like this…” and creates the database for you! By deriving your entity collections from DbSet and exposing them via a class that derives from DbContext, you "turn on" database backing for your POCO with a minimum of code and no hidden designer or configuration files. POCO == Plain Old CLR Objects Your entity objects can be used throughout your applications - in web applications, console applications, Silverlight and Windows Phone applications, etc. In our case, we'll want to read and update data from a Windows Phone client application, so we'll expose the entities through a DataService and hook the Windows Phone client application to that data via proxies.  Piece of Pie.  Easy as cake. The Demo Architecture To see this at work, we’ll create an ASP.NET/MVC application which will act as the host for our Data Service.  We’ll create an incredibly simple data layer using EF Code-First on top of SQLCE4 and we’ll expose the data in a WCF Data Service using the oData protocol.  Our Windows Phone 7 client will instantiate  the data context via a URI and load the data asynchronously. Setting up the Server project with MVC 3, EF Code First, and SQL CE 4 Create a new application of type ASP.NET MVC 3 and name it DeadSimpleServer.  We need to add the latest SQLCE4 and Entity Framework Code First CTP's to our project. Fortunately, NuGet makes that really easy. Open the Package Manager Console (View / Other Windows / Package Manager Console) and type in "Install-Package EFCodeFirst.SqlServerCompact" at the PM> command prompt. Since NuGet handles dependencies for you, you'll see that it installs everything you need to use Entity Framework Code First in your project. PM> install-package EFCodeFirst.SqlServerCompact 'SQLCE (= 4.0.8435.1)' not installed. Attempting to retrieve dependency from source... Done 'EFCodeFirst (= 0.8)' not installed. Attempting to retrieve dependency from source... Done 'WebActivator (= 1.0.0.0)' not installed. Attempting to retrieve dependency from source... Done You are downloading SQLCE from Microsoft, the license agreement to which is available at http://173.203.67.148/licenses/SQLCE/EULA_ENU.rtf. Check the package for additional dependencies, which may come with their own license agreement(s). Your use of the package and dependencies constitutes your acceptance of their license agreements. If you do not accept the license agreement(s), then delete the relevant components from your device. Successfully installed 'SQLCE 4.0.8435.1' You are downloading EFCodeFirst from Microsoft, the license agreement to which is available at http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=206497. Check the package for additional dependencies, which may come with their own license agreement(s). Your use of the package and dependencies constitutes your acceptance of their license agreements. If you do not accept the license agreement(s), then delete the relevant components from your device. Successfully installed 'EFCodeFirst 0.8' Successfully installed 'WebActivator 1.0.0.0' You are downloading EFCodeFirst.SqlServerCompact from Microsoft, the license agreement to which is available at http://173.203.67.148/licenses/SQLCE/EULA_ENU.rtf. Check the package for additional dependencies, which may come with their own license agreement(s). Your use of the package and dependencies constitutes your acceptance of their license agreements. If you do not accept the license agreement(s), then delete the relevant components from your device. Successfully installed 'EFCodeFirst.SqlServerCompact 0.8' Successfully added 'SQLCE 4.0.8435.1' to EfCodeFirst-CTP5 Successfully added 'EFCodeFirst 0.8' to EfCodeFirst-CTP5 Successfully added 'WebActivator 1.0.0.0' to EfCodeFirst-CTP5 Successfully added 'EFCodeFirst.SqlServerCompact 0.8' to EfCodeFirst-CTP5 Note: We're using SQLCE 4 with Entity Framework here because they work really well together from a development scenario, but you can of course use Entity Framework Code First with other databases supported by Entity framework. Creating The Model using EF Code First Now we can create our model class. Right-click the Models folder and select Add/Class. Name the Class Person.cs and add the following code: using System.Data.Entity; namespace DeadSimpleServer.Models { public class Person { public int ID { get; set; } public string Name { get; set; } } public class PersonContext : DbContext { public DbSet<Person> People { get; set; } } } Notice that the entity class Person has no special interfaces or base class. There's nothing special needed to make it work - it's just a POCO. The context we'll use to access the entities in the application is called PersonContext, but you could name it anything you wanted. The important thing is that it inherits DbContext and contains one or more DbSet which holds our entity collections. Adding Seed Data We need some testing data to expose from our service. The simplest way to get that into our database is to modify the CreateCeDatabaseIfNotExists class in AppStart_SQLCEEntityFramework.cs by adding some seed data to the Seed method: protected virtual void Seed( TContext context ) { var personContext = context as PersonContext; personContext.People.Add( new Person { ID = 1, Name = "George Washington" } ); personContext.People.Add( new Person { ID = 2, Name = "John Adams" } ); personContext.People.Add( new Person { ID = 3, Name = "Thomas Jefferson" } ); personContext.SaveChanges(); } The CreateCeDatabaseIfNotExists class name is pretty self-explanatory - when our DbContext is accessed and the database isn't found, a new one will be created and populated with the data in the Seed method. There's one more step to make that work - we need to uncomment a line in the Start method at the top of of the AppStart_SQLCEEntityFramework class and set the context name, as shown here, public static class AppStart_SQLCEEntityFramework { public static void Start() { DbDatabase.DefaultConnectionFactory = new SqlCeConnectionFactory("System.Data.SqlServerCe.4.0"); // Sets the default database initialization code for working with Sql Server Compact databases // Uncomment this line and replace CONTEXT_NAME with the name of your DbContext if you are // using your DbContext to create and manage your database DbDatabase.SetInitializer(new CreateCeDatabaseIfNotExists<PersonContext>()); } } Now our database and entity framework are set up, so we can expose data via WCF Data Services. Note: This is a bare-bones implementation with no administration screens. If you'd like to see how those are added, check out The Full Stack screencast series. Creating the oData Service using WCF Data Services Add a new WCF Data Service to the project (right-click the project / Add New Item / Web / WCF Data Service). We’ll be exposing all the data as read/write.  Remember to reconfigure to control and minimize access as appropriate for your own application. Open the code behind for your service. In our case, the service was called PersonTestDataService.svc so the code behind class file is PersonTestDataService.svc.cs. using System.Data.Services; using System.Data.Services.Common; using System.ServiceModel; using DeadSimpleServer.Models; namespace DeadSimpleServer { [ServiceBehavior( IncludeExceptionDetailInFaults = true )] public class PersonTestDataService : DataService<PersonContext> { // This method is called only once to initialize service-wide policies. public static void InitializeService( DataServiceConfiguration config ) { config.SetEntitySetAccessRule( "*", EntitySetRights.All ); config.DataServiceBehavior.MaxProtocolVersion = DataServiceProtocolVersion.V2; config.UseVerboseErrors = true; } } } We're enabling a few additional settings to make it easier to debug if you run into trouble. The ServiceBehavior attribute is set to include exception details in faults, and we're using verbose errors. You can remove both of these when your service is working, as your public production service shouldn't be revealing exception information. You can view the output of the service by running the application and browsing to http://localhost:[portnumber]/PersonTestDataService.svc/: <service xml:base="http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:app="http://www.w3.org/2007/app" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2007/app"> <workspace> <atom:title>Default</atom:title> <collection href="People"> <atom:title>People</atom:title> </collection> </workspace> </service> This indicates that the service exposes one collection, which is accessible by browsing to http://localhost:[portnumber]/PersonTestDataService.svc/People <?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1" standalone="yes"?> <feed xml:base=http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/ xmlns:d="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ado/2007/08/dataservices" xmlns:m="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ado/2007/08/dataservices/metadata" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"> <title type="text">People</title> <id>http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/People</id> <updated>2010-12-29T01:01:50Z</updated> <link rel="self" title="People" href="People" /> <entry> <id>http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/People(1)</id> <title type="text"></title> <updated>2010-12-29T01:01:50Z</updated> <author> <name /> </author> <link rel="edit" title="Person" href="People(1)" /> <category term="DeadSimpleServer.Models.Person" scheme="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ado/2007/08/dataservices/scheme" /> <content type="application/xml"> <m:properties> <d:ID m:type="Edm.Int32">1</d:ID> <d:Name>George Washington</d:Name> </m:properties> </content> </entry> <entry> ... </entry> </feed> Let's recap what we've done so far. But enough with services and XML - let's get this into our Windows Phone client application. Creating the DataServiceContext for the Client Use the latest DataSvcUtil.exe from http://odata.codeplex.com. As of today, that's in this download: http://odata.codeplex.com/releases/view/54698 You need to run it with a few options: /uri - This will point to the service URI. In this case, it's http://localhost:59342/PersonTestDataService.svc  Pick up the port number from your running server (e.g., the server formerly known as Cassini). /out - This is the DataServiceContext class that will be generated. You can name it whatever you'd like. /Version - should be set to 2.0 /DataServiceCollection - Include this flag to generate collections derived from the DataServiceCollection base, which brings in all the ObservableCollection goodness that handles your INotifyPropertyChanged events for you. Here's the console session from when we ran it: <ListBox x:Name="MainListBox" Margin="0,0,-12,0" ItemsSource="{Binding}" SelectionChanged="MainListBox_SelectionChanged"> Next, to keep things simple, change the Binding on the two TextBlocks within the DataTemplate to Name and ID, <ListBox x:Name="MainListBox" Margin="0,0,-12,0" ItemsSource="{Binding}" SelectionChanged="MainListBox_SelectionChanged"> <ListBox.ItemTemplate> <DataTemplate> <StackPanel Margin="0,0,0,17" Width="432"> <TextBlock Text="{Binding Name}" TextWrapping="Wrap" Style="{StaticResource PhoneTextExtraLargeStyle}" /> <TextBlock Text="{Binding ID}" TextWrapping="Wrap" Margin="12,-6,12,0" Style="{StaticResource PhoneTextSubtleStyle}" /> </StackPanel> </DataTemplate> </ListBox.ItemTemplate> </ListBox> Getting The Context In the code-behind you’ll first declare a member variable to hold the context from the Entity Framework. This is named using convention over configuration. The db type is Person and the context is of type PersonContext, You initialize it by providing the URI, in this case using the URL obtained from the Cassini web server, PersonContext context = new PersonContext( new Uri( "http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/" ) ); Create a second member variable of type DataServiceCollection<Person> but do not initialize it, DataServiceCollection<Person> people; In the constructor you’ll initialize the DataServiceCollection using the PersonContext, public MainPage() { InitializeComponent(); people = new DataServiceCollection<Person>( context ); Finally, you’ll load the people collection using the LoadAsync method, passing in the fully specified URI for the People collection in the web service, people.LoadAsync( new Uri( "http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/People" ) ); Note that this method runs asynchronously and when it is finished the people  collection is already populated. Thus, since we didn’t need or want to override any of the behavior we don’t implement the LoadCompleted. You can use the LoadCompleted event if you need to do any other UI updates, but you don't need to. The final code is as shown below: using System; using System.Data.Services.Client; using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Controls; using DeadSimpleServer.Models; using Microsoft.Phone.Controls; namespace WindowsPhoneODataTest { public partial class MainPage : PhoneApplicationPage { PersonContext context = new PersonContext( new Uri( "http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/" ) ); DataServiceCollection<Person> people; // Constructor public MainPage() { InitializeComponent(); // Set the data context of the listbox control to the sample data // DataContext = App.ViewModel; people = new DataServiceCollection<Person>( context ); people.LoadAsync( new Uri( "http://localhost:49786/PersonTestDataService.svc/People" ) ); DataContext = people; this.Loaded += new RoutedEventHandler( MainPage_Loaded ); } // Handle selection changed on ListBox private void MainListBox_SelectionChanged( object sender, SelectionChangedEventArgs e ) { // If selected index is -1 (no selection) do nothing if ( MainListBox.SelectedIndex == -1 ) return; // Navigate to the new page NavigationService.Navigate( new Uri( "/DetailsPage.xaml?selectedItem=" + MainListBox.SelectedIndex, UriKind.Relative ) ); // Reset selected index to -1 (no selection) MainListBox.SelectedIndex = -1; } // Load data for the ViewModel Items private void MainPage_Loaded( object sender, RoutedEventArgs e ) { if ( !App.ViewModel.IsDataLoaded ) { App.ViewModel.LoadData(); } } } } With people populated we can set it as the DataContext and run the application; you’ll find that the Name and ID are displayed in the list on the Mainpage. Here's how the pieces in the client fit together: Complete source code available here

    Read the article

  • Quick guide to Oracle IRM 11g: Classification design

    - by Simon Thorpe
    Quick guide to Oracle IRM 11g indexThis is the final article in the quick guide to Oracle IRM. If you've followed everything prior you will now have a fully functional and tested Information Rights Management service. It doesn't matter if you've been following the 10g or 11g guide as this next article is common to both. ContentsWhy this is the most important part... Understanding the classification and standard rights model Identifying business use cases Creating an effective IRM classification modelOne single classification across the entire businessA context for each and every possible granular use caseWhat makes a good context? Deciding on the use of roles in the context Reviewing the features and security for context roles Summary Why this is the most important part...Now the real work begins, installing and getting an IRM system running is as simple as following instructions. However to actually have an IRM technology easily protecting your most sensitive information without interfering with your users existing daily work flows and be able to scale IRM across the entire business, requires thought into how confidential documents are created, used and distributed. This article is going to give you the information you need to ask the business the right questions so that you can deploy your IRM service successfully. The IRM team here at Oracle have over 10 years of experience in helping customers and it is important you understand the following to be successful in securing access to your most confidential information. Whatever you are trying to secure, be it mergers and acquisitions information, engineering intellectual property, health care documentation or financial reports. No matter what type of user is going to access the information, be they employees, contractors or customers, there are common goals you are always trying to achieve.Securing the content at the earliest point possible and do it automatically. Removing the dependency on the user to decide to secure the content reduces the risk of mistakes significantly and therefore results a more secure deployment. K.I.S.S. (Keep It Simple Stupid) Reduce complexity in the rights/classification model. Oracle IRM lets you make changes to access to documents even after they are secured which allows you to start with a simple model and then introduce complexity once you've understood how the technology is going to be used in the business. After an initial learning period you can review your implementation and start to make informed decisions based on user feedback and administration experience. Clearly communicate to the user, when appropriate, any changes to their existing work practice. You must make every effort to make the transition to sealed content as simple as possible. For external users you must help them understand why you are securing the documents and inform them the value of the technology to both your business and them. Before getting into the detail, I must pay homage to Martin White, Vice President of client services in SealedMedia, the company Oracle acquired and who created Oracle IRM. In the SealedMedia years Martin was involved with every single customer and was key to the design of certain aspects of the IRM technology, specifically the context model we will be discussing here. Listening carefully to customers and understanding the flexibility of the IRM technology, Martin taught me all the skills of helping customers build scalable, effective and simple to use IRM deployments. No matter how well the engineering department designed the software, badly designed and poorly executed projects can result in difficult to use and manage, and ultimately insecure solutions. The advice and information that follows was born with Martin and he's still delivering IRM consulting with customers and can be found at www.thinkers.co.uk. It is from Martin and others that Oracle not only has the most advanced, scalable and usable document security solution on the market, but Oracle and their partners have the most experience in delivering successful document security solutions. Understanding the classification and standard rights model The goal of any successful IRM deployment is to balance the increase in security the technology brings without over complicating the way people use secured content and avoid a significant increase in administration and maintenance. With Oracle it is possible to automate the protection of content, deploy the desktop software transparently and use authentication methods such that users can open newly secured content initially unaware the document is any different to an insecure one. That is until of course they attempt to do something for which they don't have any rights, such as copy and paste to an insecure application or try and print. Central to achieving this objective is creating a classification model that is simple to understand and use but also provides the right level of complexity to meet the business needs. In Oracle IRM the term used for each classification is a "context". A context defines the relationship between.A group of related documents The people that use the documents The roles that these people perform The rights that these people need to perform their role The context is the key to the success of Oracle IRM. It provides the separation of the role and rights of a user from the content itself. Documents are sealed to contexts but none of the rights, user or group information is stored within the content itself. Sealing only places information about the location of the IRM server that sealed it, the context applied to the document and a few other pieces of metadata that pertain only to the document. This important separation of rights from content means that millions of documents can be secured against a single classification and a user needs only one right assigned to be able to access all documents. If you have followed all the previous articles in this guide, you will be ready to start defining contexts to which your sensitive information will be protected. But before you even start with IRM, you need to understand how your own business uses and creates sensitive documents and emails. Identifying business use cases Oracle is able to support multiple classification systems, but usually there is one single initial need for the technology which drives a deployment. This need might be to protect sensitive mergers and acquisitions information, engineering intellectual property, financial documents. For this and every subsequent use case you must understand how users create and work with documents, to who they are distributed and how the recipients should interact with them. A successful IRM deployment should start with one well identified use case (we go through some examples towards the end of this article) and then after letting this use case play out in the business, you learn how your users work with content, how well your communication to the business worked and if the classification system you deployed delivered the right balance. It is at this point you can start rolling the technology out further. Creating an effective IRM classification model Once you have selected the initial use case you will address with IRM, you need to design a classification model that defines the access to secured documents within the use case. In Oracle IRM there is an inbuilt classification system called the "context" model. In Oracle IRM 11g it is possible to extend the server to support any rights classification model, but the majority of users who are not using an application integration (such as Oracle IRM within Oracle Beehive) are likely to be starting out with the built in context model. Before looking at creating a classification system with IRM, it is worth reviewing some recognized standards and methods for creating and implementing security policy. A very useful set of documents are the ISO 17799 guidelines and the SANS security policy templates. First task is to create a context against which documents are to be secured. A context consists of a group of related documents (all top secret engineering research), a list of roles (contributors and readers) which define how users can access documents and a list of users (research engineers) who have been given a role allowing them to interact with sealed content. Before even creating the first context it is wise to decide on a philosophy which will dictate the level of granularity, the question is, where do you start? At a department level? By project? By technology? First consider the two ends of the spectrum... One single classification across the entire business Imagine that instead of having separate contexts, one for engineering intellectual property, one for your financial data, one for human resources personally identifiable information, you create one context for all documents across the entire business. Whilst you may have immediate objections, there are some significant benefits in thinking about considering this. Document security classification decisions are simple. You only have one context to chose from! User provisioning is simple, just make sure everyone has a role in the only context in the business. Administration is very low, if you assign rights to groups from the business user repository you probably never have to touch IRM administration again. There are however some obvious downsides to this model.All users in have access to all IRM secured content. So potentially a sales person could access sensitive mergers and acquisition documents, if they can get their hands on a copy that is. You cannot delegate control of different documents to different parts of the business, this may not satisfy your regulatory requirements for the separation and delegation of duties. Changing a users role affects every single document ever secured. Even though it is very unlikely a business would ever use one single context to secure all their sensitive information, thinking about this scenario raises one very important point. Just having one single context and securing all confidential documents to it, whilst incurring some of the problems detailed above, has one huge value. Once secured, IRM protected content can ONLY be accessed by authorized users. Just think of all the sensitive documents in your business today, imagine if you could ensure that only everyone you trust could open them. Even if an employee lost a laptop or someone accidentally sent an email to the wrong recipient, only the right people could open that file. A context for each and every possible granular use case Now let's think about the total opposite of a single context design. What if you created a context for each and every single defined business need and created multiple contexts within this for each level of granularity? Let's take a use case where we need to protect engineering intellectual property. Imagine we have 6 different engineering groups, and in each we have a research department, a design department and manufacturing. The company information security policy defines 3 levels of information sensitivity... restricted, confidential and top secret. Then let's say that each group and department needs to define access to information from both internal and external users. Finally add into the mix that they want to review the rights model for each context every financial quarter. This would result in a huge amount of contexts. For example, lets just look at the resulting contexts for one engineering group. Q1FY2010 Restricted Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Research Q1FY2010 Restricted Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Design Q1FY2010 Restricted Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Manufacturing Q1FY2010 Restricted External- Engineering Group 1 - Research Q1FY2010 Restricted External - Engineering Group 1 - Design Q1FY2010 Restricted External - Engineering Group 1 - Manufacturing Q1FY2010 Confidential Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Research Q1FY2010 Confidential Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Design Q1FY2010 Confidential Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Manufacturing Q1FY2010 Confidential External - Engineering Group 1 - Research Q1FY2010 Confidential External - Engineering Group 1 - Design Q1FY2010 Confidential External - Engineering Group 1 - Manufacturing Q1FY2010 Top Secret Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Research Q1FY2010 Top Secret Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Design Q1FY2010 Top Secret Internal - Engineering Group 1 - Manufacturing Q1FY2010 Top Secret External - Engineering Group 1 - Research Q1FY2010 Top Secret External - Engineering Group 1 - Design Q1FY2010 Top Secret External - Engineering Group 1 - Manufacturing Now multiply the above by 6 for each engineering group, 18 contexts. You are then creating/reviewing another 18 every 3 months. After a year you've got 72 contexts. What would be the advantages of such a complex classification model? You can satisfy very granular rights requirements, for example only an authorized engineering group 1 researcher can create a top secret report for access internally, and his role will be reviewed on a very frequent basis. Your business may have very complex rights requirements and mapping this directly to IRM may be an obvious exercise. The disadvantages of such a classification model are significant...Huge administrative overhead. Someone in the business must manage, review and administrate each of these contexts. If the engineering group had a single administrator, they would have 72 classifications to reside over each year. From an end users perspective life will be very confusing. Imagine if a user has rights in just 6 of these contexts. They may be able to print content from one but not another, be able to edit content in 2 contexts but not the other 4. Such confusion at the end user level causes frustration and resistance to the use of the technology. Increased synchronization complexity. Imagine a user who after 3 years in the company ends up with over 300 rights in many different contexts across the business. This would result in long synchronization times as the client software updates all your offline rights. Hard to understand who can do what with what. Imagine being the VP of engineering and as part of an internal security audit you are asked the question, "What rights to researchers have to our top secret information?". In this complex model the answer is not simple, it would depend on many roles in many contexts. Of course this example is extreme, but it highlights that trying to build many barriers in your business can result in a nightmare of administration and confusion amongst users. In the real world what we need is a balance of the two. We need to seek an optimum number of contexts. Too many contexts are unmanageable and too few contexts does not give fine enough granularity. What makes a good context? Good context design derives mainly from how well you understand your business requirements to secure access to confidential information. Some customers I have worked with can tell me exactly the documents they wish to secure and know exactly who should be opening them. However there are some customers who know only of the government regulation that requires them to control access to certain types of information, they don't actually know where the documents are, how they are created or understand exactly who should have access. Therefore you need to know how to ask the business the right questions that lead to information which help you define a context. First ask these questions about a set of documentsWhat is the topic? Who are legitimate contributors on this topic? Who are the authorized readership? If the answer to any one of these is significantly different, then it probably merits a separate context. Remember that sealed documents are inherently secure and as such they cannot leak to your competitors, therefore it is better sealed to a broad context than not sealed at all. Simplicity is key here. Always revert to the first extreme example of a single classification, then work towards essential complexity. If there is any doubt, always prefer fewer contexts. Remember, Oracle IRM allows you to change your mind later on. You can implement a design now and continue to change and refine as you learn how the technology is used. It is easy to go from a simple model to a more complex one, it is much harder to take a complex model that is already embedded in the work practice of users and try to simplify it. It is also wise to take a single use case and address this first with the business. Don't try and tackle many different problems from the outset. Do one, learn from the process, refine it and then take what you have learned into the next use case, refine and continue. Once you have a good grasp of the technology and understand how your business will use it, you can then start rolling out the technology wider across the business. Deciding on the use of roles in the context Once you have decided on that first initial use case and a context to create let's look at the details you need to decide upon. For each context, identify; Administrative rolesBusiness owner, the person who makes decisions about who may or may not see content in this context. This is often the person who wanted to use IRM and drove the business purchase. They are the usually the person with the most at risk when sensitive information is lost. Point of contact, the person who will handle requests for access to content. Sometimes the same as the business owner, sometimes a trusted secretary or administrator. Context administrator, the person who will enact the decisions of the Business Owner. Sometimes the point of contact, sometimes a trusted IT person. Document related rolesContributors, the people who create and edit documents in this context. Reviewers, the people who are involved in reviewing documents but are not trusted to secure information to this classification. This role is not always necessary. (See later discussion on Published-work and Work-in-Progress) Readers, the people who read documents from this context. Some people may have several of the roles above, which is fine. What you are trying to do is understand and define how the business interacts with your sensitive information. These roles obviously map directly to roles available in Oracle IRM. Reviewing the features and security for context roles At this point we have decided on a classification of information, understand what roles people in the business will play when administrating this classification and how they will interact with content. The final piece of the puzzle in getting the information for our first context is to look at the permissions people will have to sealed documents. First think why are you protecting the documents in the first place? It is to prevent the loss of leaking of information to the wrong people. To control the information, making sure that people only access the latest versions of documents. You are not using Oracle IRM to prevent unauthorized people from doing legitimate work. This is an important point, with IRM you can erect many barriers to prevent access to content yet too many restrictions and authorized users will often find ways to circumvent using the technology and end up distributing unprotected originals. Because IRM is a security technology, it is easy to get carried away restricting different groups. However I would highly recommend starting with a simple solution with few restrictions. Ensure that everyone who reasonably needs to read documents can do so from the outset. Remember that with Oracle IRM you can change rights to content whenever you wish and tighten security. Always return to the fact that the greatest value IRM brings is that ONLY authorized users can access secured content, remember that simple "one context for the entire business" model. At the start of the deployment you really need to aim for user acceptance and therefore a simple model is more likely to succeed. As time passes and users understand how IRM works you can start to introduce more restrictions and complexity. Another key aspect to focus on is handling exceptions. If you decide on a context model where engineering can only access engineering information, and sales can only access sales data. Act quickly when a sales manager needs legitimate access to a set of engineering documents. Having a quick and effective process for permitting other people with legitimate needs to obtain appropriate access will be rewarded with acceptance from the user community. These use cases can often be satisfied by integrating IRM with a good Identity & Access Management technology which simplifies the process of assigning users the correct business roles. The big print issue... Printing is often an issue of contention, users love to print but the business wants to ensure sensitive information remains in the controlled digital world. There are many cases of physical document loss causing a business pain, it is often overlooked that IRM can help with this issue by limiting the ability to generate physical copies of digital content. However it can be hard to maintain a balance between security and usability when it comes to printing. Consider the following points when deciding about whether to give print rights. Oracle IRM sealed documents can contain watermarks that expose information about the user, time and location of access and the classification of the document. This information would reside in the printed copy making it easier to trace who printed it. Printed documents are slower to distribute in comparison to their digital counterparts, so time sensitive information in printed format may present a lower risk. Print activity is audited, therefore you can monitor and react to users abusing print rights. Summary In summary it is important to think carefully about the way you create your context model. As you ask the business these questions you may get a variety of different requirements. There may be special projects that require a context just for sensitive information created during the lifetime of the project. There may be a department that requires all information in the group is secured and you might have a few senior executives who wish to use IRM to exchange a small number of highly sensitive documents with a very small number of people. Oracle IRM, with its very flexible context classification system, can support all of these use cases. The trick is to introducing the complexity to deliver them at the right level. In another article i'm working on I will go through some examples of how Oracle IRM might map to existing business use cases. But for now, this article covers all the important questions you need to get your IRM service deployed and successfully protecting your most sensitive information.

    Read the article

  • The Incremental Architect&acute;s Napkin &ndash; #3 &ndash; Make Evolvability inevitable

    - by Ralf Westphal
    Originally posted on: http://geekswithblogs.net/theArchitectsNapkin/archive/2014/06/04/the-incremental-architectacutes-napkin-ndash-3-ndash-make-evolvability-inevitable.aspxThe easier something to measure the more likely it will be produced. Deviations between what is and what should be can be readily detected. That´s what automated acceptance tests are for. That´s what sprint reviews in Scrum are for. It´s no small wonder our software looks like it looks. It has all the traits whose conformance with requirements can easily be measured. And it´s lacking traits which cannot easily be measured. Evolvability (or Changeability) is such a trait. If an operation is correct, if an operation if fast enough, that can be checked very easily. But whether Evolvability is high or low, that cannot be checked by taking a measure or two. Evolvability might correlate with certain traits, e.g. number of lines of code (LOC) per function or Cyclomatic Complexity or test coverage. But there is no threshold value signalling “evolvability too low”; also Evolvability is hardly tangible for the customer. Nevertheless Evolvability is of great importance - at least in the long run. You can get away without much of it for a short time. Eventually, though, it´s needed like any other requirement. Or even more. Because without Evolvability no other requirement can be implemented. Evolvability is the foundation on which all else is build. Such fundamental importance is in stark contrast with its immeasurability. To compensate this, Evolvability must be put at the very center of software development. It must become the hub around everything else revolves. Since we cannot measure Evolvability, though, we cannot start watching it more. Instead we need to establish practices to keep it high (enough) at all times. Chefs have known that for long. That´s why everybody in a restaurant kitchen is constantly seeing after cleanliness. Hygiene is important as is to have clean tools at standardized locations. Only then the health of the patrons can be guaranteed and production efficiency is constantly high. Still a kitchen´s level of cleanliness is easier to measure than software Evolvability. That´s why important practices like reviews, pair programming, or TDD are not enough, I guess. What we need to keep Evolvability in focus and high is… to continually evolve. Change must not be something to avoid but too embrace. To me that means the whole change cycle from requirement analysis to delivery needs to be gone through more often. Scrum´s sprints of 4, 2 even 1 week are too long. Kanban´s flow of user stories across is too unreliable; it takes as long as it takes. Instead we should fix the cycle time at 2 days max. I call that Spinning. No increment must take longer than from this morning until tomorrow evening to finish. Then it should be acceptance checked by the customer (or his/her representative, e.g. a Product Owner). For me there are several resasons for such a fixed and short cycle time for each increment: Clear expectations Absolute estimates (“This will take X days to complete.”) are near impossible in software development as explained previously. Too much unplanned research and engineering work lurk in every feature. And then pervasive interruptions of work by peers and management. However, the smaller the scope the better our absolute estimates become. That´s because we understand better what really are the requirements and what the solution should look like. But maybe more importantly the shorter the timespan the more we can control how we use our time. So much can happen over the course of a week and longer timespans. But if push comes to shove I can block out all distractions and interruptions for a day or possibly two. That´s why I believe we can give rough absolute estimates on 3 levels: Noon Tonight Tomorrow Think of a meeting with a Product Owner at 8:30 in the morning. If she asks you, how long it will take you to implement a user story or bug fix, you can say, “It´ll be fixed by noon.”, or you can say, “I can manage to implement it until tonight before I leave.”, or you can say, “You´ll get it by tomorrow night at latest.” Yes, I believe all else would be naive. If you´re not confident to get something done by tomorrow night (some 34h from now) you just cannot reliably commit to any timeframe. That means you should not promise anything, you should not even start working on the issue. So when estimating use these four categories: Noon, Tonight, Tomorrow, NoClue - with NoClue meaning the requirement needs to be broken down further so each aspect can be assigned to one of the first three categories. If you like absolute estimates, here you go. But don´t do deep estimates. Don´t estimate dozens of issues; don´t think ahead (“Issue A is a Tonight, then B will be a Tomorrow, after that it´s C as a Noon, finally D is a Tonight - that´s what I´ll do this week.”). Just estimate so Work-in-Progress (WIP) is 1 for everybody - plus a small number of buffer issues. To be blunt: Yes, this makes promises impossible as to what a team will deliver in terms of scope at a certain date in the future. But it will give a Product Owner a clear picture of what to pull for acceptance feedback tonight and tomorrow. Trust through reliability Our trade is lacking trust. Customers don´t trust software companies/departments much. Managers don´t trust developers much. I find that perfectly understandable in the light of what we´re trying to accomplish: delivering software in the face of uncertainty by means of material good production. Customers as well as managers still expect software development to be close to production of houses or cars. But that´s a fundamental misunderstanding. Software development ist development. It´s basically research. As software developers we´re constantly executing experiments to find out what really provides value to users. We don´t know what they need, we just have mediated hypothesises. That´s why we cannot reliably deliver on preposterous demands. So trust is out of the window in no time. If we switch to delivering in short cycles, though, we can regain trust. Because estimates - explicit or implicit - up to 32 hours at most can be satisfied. I´d say: reliability over scope. It´s more important to reliably deliver what was promised then to cover a lot of requirement area. So when in doubt promise less - but deliver without delay. Deliver on scope (Functionality and Quality); but also deliver on Evolvability, i.e. on inner quality according to accepted principles. Always. Trust will be the reward. Less complexity of communication will follow. More goodwill buffer will follow. So don´t wait for some Kanban board to show you, that flow can be improved by scheduling smaller stories. You don´t need to learn that the hard way. Just start with small batch sizes of three different sizes. Fast feedback What has been finished can be checked for acceptance. Why wait for a sprint of several weeks to end? Why let the mental model of the issue and its solution dissipate? If you get final feedback after one or two weeks, you hardly remember what you did and why you did it. Resoning becomes hard. But more importantly youo probably are not in the mood anymore to go back to something you deemed done a long time ago. It´s boring, it´s frustrating to open up that mental box again. Learning is harder the longer it takes from event to feedback. Effort can be wasted between event (finishing an issue) and feedback, because other work might go in the wrong direction based on false premises. Checking finished issues for acceptance is the most important task of a Product Owner. It´s even more important than planning new issues. Because as long as work started is not released (accepted) it´s potential waste. So before starting new work better make sure work already done has value. By putting the emphasis on acceptance rather than planning true pull is established. As long as planning and starting work is more important, it´s a push process. Accept a Noon issue on the same day before leaving. Accept a Tonight issue before leaving today or first thing tomorrow morning. Accept a Tomorrow issue tomorrow night before leaving or early the day after tomorrow. After acceptance the developer(s) can start working on the next issue. Flexibility As if reliability/trust and fast feedback for less waste weren´t enough economic incentive, there is flexibility. After each issue the Product Owner can change course. If on Monday morning feature slices A, B, C, D, E were important and A, B, C were scheduled for acceptance by Monday evening and Tuesday evening, the Product Owner can change her mind at any time. Maybe after A got accepted she asks for continuation with D. But maybe, just maybe, she has gotten a completely different idea by then. Maybe she wants work to continue on F. And after B it´s neither D nor E, but G. And after G it´s D. With Spinning every 32 hours at latest priorities can be changed. And nothing is lost. Because what got accepted is of value. It provides an incremental value to the customer/user. Or it provides internal value to the Product Owner as increased knowledge/decreased uncertainty. I find such reactivity over commitment economically very benefical. Why commit a team to some workload for several weeks? It´s unnecessary at beast, and inflexible and wasteful at worst. If we cannot promise delivery of a certain scope on a certain date - which is what customers/management usually want -, we can at least provide them with unpredecented flexibility in the face of high uncertainty. Where the path is not clear, cannot be clear, make small steps so you´re able to change your course at any time. Premature completion Customers/management are used to premeditating budgets. They want to know exactly how much to pay for a certain amount of requirements. That´s understandable. But it does not match with the nature of software development. We should know that by now. Maybe there´s somewhere in the world some team who can consistently deliver on scope, quality, and time, and budget. Great! Congratulations! I, however, haven´t seen such a team yet. Which does not mean it´s impossible, but I think it´s nothing I can recommend to strive for. Rather I´d say: Don´t try this at home. It might hurt you one way or the other. However, what we can do, is allow customers/management stop work on features at any moment. With spinning every 32 hours a feature can be declared as finished - even though it might not be completed according to initial definition. I think, progress over completion is an important offer software development can make. Why think in terms of completion beyond a promise for the next 32 hours? Isn´t it more important to constantly move forward? Step by step. We´re not running sprints, we´re not running marathons, not even ultra-marathons. We´re in the sport of running forever. That makes it futile to stare at the finishing line. The very concept of a burn-down chart is misleading (in most cases). Whoever can only think in terms of completed requirements shuts out the chance for saving money. The requirements for a features mostly are uncertain. So how does a Product Owner know in the first place, how much is needed. Maybe more than specified is needed - which gets uncovered step by step with each finished increment. Maybe less than specified is needed. After each 4–32 hour increment the Product Owner can do an experient (or invite users to an experiment) if a particular trait of the software system is already good enough. And if so, she can switch the attention to a different aspect. In the end, requirements A, B, C then could be finished just 70%, 80%, and 50%. What the heck? It´s good enough - for now. 33% money saved. Wouldn´t that be splendid? Isn´t that a stunning argument for any budget-sensitive customer? You can save money and still get what you need? Pull on practices So far, in addition to more trust, more flexibility, less money spent, Spinning led to “doing less” which also means less code which of course means higher Evolvability per se. Last but not least, though, I think Spinning´s short acceptance cycles have one more effect. They excert pull-power on all sorts of practices known for increasing Evolvability. If, for example, you believe high automated test coverage helps Evolvability by lowering the fear of inadverted damage to a code base, why isn´t 90% of the developer community practicing automated tests consistently? I think, the answer is simple: Because they can do without. Somehow they manage to do enough manual checks before their rare releases/acceptance checks to ensure good enough correctness - at least in the short term. The same goes for other practices like component orientation, continuous build/integration, code reviews etc. None of that is compelling, urgent, imperative. Something else always seems more important. So Evolvability principles and practices fall through the cracks most of the time - until a project hits a wall. Then everybody becomes desperate; but by then (re)gaining Evolvability has become as very, very difficult and tedious undertaking. Sometimes up to the point where the existence of a project/company is in danger. With Spinning that´s different. If you´re practicing Spinning you cannot avoid all those practices. With Spinning you very quickly realize you cannot deliver reliably even on your 32 hour promises. Spinning thus is pulling on developers to adopt principles and practices for Evolvability. They will start actively looking for ways to keep their delivery rate high. And if not, management will soon tell them to do that. Because first the Product Owner then management will notice an increasing difficulty to deliver value within 32 hours. There, finally there emerges a way to measure Evolvability: The more frequent developers tell the Product Owner there is no way to deliver anything worth of feedback until tomorrow night, the poorer Evolvability is. Don´t count the “WTF!”, count the “No way!” utterances. In closing For sustainable software development we need to put Evolvability first. Functionality and Quality must not rule software development but be implemented within a framework ensuring (enough) Evolvability. Since Evolvability cannot be measured easily, I think we need to put software development “under pressure”. Software needs to be changed more often, in smaller increments. Each increment being relevant to the customer/user in some way. That does not mean each increment is worthy of shipment. It´s sufficient to gain further insight from it. Increments primarily serve the reduction of uncertainty, not sales. Sales even needs to be decoupled from this incremental progress. No more promises to sales. No more delivery au point. Rather sales should look at a stream of accepted increments (or incremental releases) and scoup from that whatever they find valuable. Sales and marketing need to realize they should work on what´s there, not what might be possible in the future. But I digress… In my view a Spinning cycle - which is not easy to reach, which requires practice - is the core practice to compensate the immeasurability of Evolvability. From start to finish of each issue in 32 hours max - that´s the challenge we need to accept if we´re serious increasing Evolvability. Fortunately higher Evolvability is not the only outcome of Spinning. Customer/management will like the increased flexibility and “getting more bang for the buck”.

    Read the article

  • Internet doesn't work by default

    - by Adam Martinez
    After upgrading to Precise, I am required to run 'sudo dhclient eth0' in a terminal in order to get the internet to work. Everything worked perfectly fine on Oneiric, so It's really puzzling me. I'm thinking it could possibly be something with the kernel, but who knows. Output of dmesg: [ 0.247891] system 00:01: [io 0x0290-0x030f] has been reserved [ 0.247896] system 00:01: [io 0x0290-0x0297] has been reserved [ 0.247901] system 00:01: [io 0x0880-0x088f] has been reserved [ 0.247908] system 00:01: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c02 (active) [ 0.247931] pnp 00:02: [dma 4] [ 0.247935] pnp 00:02: [io 0x0000-0x000f] [ 0.247939] pnp 00:02: [io 0x0080-0x0090] [ 0.247943] pnp 00:02: [io 0x0094-0x009f] [ 0.247947] pnp 00:02: [io 0x00c0-0x00df] [ 0.248033] pnp 00:02: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0200 (active) [ 0.248125] pnp 00:03: [io 0x0070-0x0073] [ 0.248187] pnp 00:03: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0b00 (active) [ 0.248205] pnp 00:04: [io 0x0061] [ 0.248260] pnp 00:04: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0800 (active) [ 0.248277] pnp 00:05: [io 0x00f0-0x00ff] [ 0.248292] pnp 00:05: [irq 13] [ 0.248348] pnp 00:05: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c04 (active) [ 0.248583] pnp 00:06: [io 0x03f0-0x03f5] [ 0.248588] pnp 00:06: [io 0x03f7] [ 0.248597] pnp 00:06: [irq 6] [ 0.248601] pnp 00:06: [dma 2] [ 0.248690] pnp 00:06: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0700 (active) [ 0.248998] pnp 00:07: [io 0x03f8-0x03ff] [ 0.249008] pnp 00:07: [irq 4] [ 0.249122] pnp 00:07: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0501 (active) [ 0.249479] pnp 00:08: [io 0x0400-0x04bf] [ 0.249584] system 00:08: [io 0x0400-0x04bf] has been reserved [ 0.249591] system 00:08: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c02 (active) [ 0.249628] pnp 00:09: [mem 0xffb80000-0xffbfffff] [ 0.249690] pnp 00:09: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs INT0800 (active) [ 0.250049] pnp 00:0a: [mem 0xe0000000-0xefffffff] [ 0.250167] system 00:0a: [mem 0xe0000000-0xefffffff] has been reserved [ 0.250173] system 00:0a: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c02 (active) [ 0.250302] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0x000f0000-0x000fffff] [ 0.250307] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0x7ff00000-0x7fffffff] [ 0.250311] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0xfed00000-0xfed000ff] [ 0.250316] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0x0000046e-0x0000056d] [ 0.250320] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0x7fee0000-0x7fefffff] [ 0.250324] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0x00000000-0x0009ffff] [ 0.250328] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0x00100000-0x7fedffff] [ 0.250332] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0xfec00000-0xfec00fff] [ 0.250336] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0xfed14000-0xfed1dfff] [ 0.250341] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0xfed20000-0xfed9ffff] [ 0.250345] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0xfee00000-0xfee00fff] [ 0.250349] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0xffb00000-0xffb7ffff] [ 0.250353] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0xfff00000-0xffffffff] [ 0.250357] pnp 00:0b: [mem 0x000e0000-0x000effff] [ 0.250409] pnp 00:0b: disabling [mem 0x0000046e-0x0000056d] because it overlaps 0000:01:00.0 BAR 6 [mem 0x00000000-0x0007ffff pref] [ 0.250419] pnp 00:0b: disabling [mem 0x0000046e-0x0000056d disabled] because it overlaps 0000:03:00.0 BAR 6 [mem 0x00000000-0x0000ffff pref] [ 0.250430] pnp 00:0b: disabling [mem 0x0000046e-0x0000056d disabled] because it overlaps 0000:04:00.0 BAR 6 [mem 0x00000000-0x0001ffff pref] [ 0.250524] system 00:0b: [mem 0x000f0000-0x000fffff] could not be reserved [ 0.250530] system 00:0b: [mem 0x7ff00000-0x7fffffff] has been reserved [ 0.250536] system 00:0b: [mem 0xfed00000-0xfed000ff] has been reserved [ 0.250541] system 00:0b: [mem 0x7fee0000-0x7fefffff] could not be reserved [ 0.250547] system 00:0b: [mem 0x00000000-0x0009ffff] could not be reserved [ 0.250552] system 00:0b: [mem 0x00100000-0x7fedffff] could not be reserved [ 0.250558] system 00:0b: [mem 0xfec00000-0xfec00fff] could not be reserved [ 0.250563] system 00:0b: [mem 0xfed14000-0xfed1dfff] has been reserved [ 0.250568] system 00:0b: [mem 0xfed20000-0xfed9ffff] has been reserved [ 0.250574] system 00:0b: [mem 0xfee00000-0xfee00fff] has been reserved [ 0.250579] system 00:0b: [mem 0xffb00000-0xffb7ffff] has been reserved [ 0.250585] system 00:0b: [mem 0xfff00000-0xffffffff] has been reserved [ 0.250590] system 00:0b: [mem 0x000e0000-0x000effff] has been reserved [ 0.250596] system 00:0b: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c01 (active) [ 0.250614] pnp: PnP ACPI: found 12 devices [ 0.250617] ACPI: ACPI bus type pnp unregistered [ 0.250624] PnPBIOS: Disabled by ACPI PNP [ 0.288725] PCI: max bus depth: 1 pci_try_num: 2 [ 0.288786] pci 0000:01:00.0: BAR 6: assigned [mem 0xfb000000-0xfb07ffff pref] [ 0.288792] pci 0000:00:01.0: PCI bridge to [bus 01-01] [ 0.288797] pci 0000:00:01.0: bridge window [io 0xa000-0xafff] [ 0.288804] pci 0000:00:01.0: bridge window [mem 0xf8000000-0xfbffffff] [ 0.288811] pci 0000:00:01.0: bridge window [mem 0xd0000000-0xdfffffff 64bit pref] [ 0.288820] pci 0000:00:1c.0: PCI bridge to [bus 02-02] [ 0.288825] pci 0000:00:1c.0: bridge window [io 0x9000-0x9fff] [ 0.288833] pci 0000:00:1c.0: bridge window [mem 0xfdb00000-0xfdbfffff] [ 0.288840] pci 0000:00:1c.0: bridge window [mem 0xfd800000-0xfd8fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.288851] pci 0000:03:00.0: BAR 6: assigned [mem 0xfde00000-0xfde0ffff pref] [ 0.288856] pci 0000:00:1c.4: PCI bridge to [bus 03-03] [ 0.288861] pci 0000:00:1c.4: bridge window [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.288869] pci 0000:00:1c.4: bridge window [mem 0xfd700000-0xfd7fffff] [ 0.288876] pci 0000:00:1c.4: bridge window [mem 0xfde00000-0xfdefffff 64bit pref] [ 0.288887] pci 0000:04:00.0: BAR 6: assigned [mem 0xfdc00000-0xfdc1ffff pref] [ 0.288891] pci 0000:00:1c.5: PCI bridge to [bus 04-04] [ 0.288897] pci 0000:00:1c.5: bridge window [io 0xb000-0xbfff] [ 0.288904] pci 0000:00:1c.5: bridge window [mem 0xfdd00000-0xfddfffff] [ 0.288911] pci 0000:00:1c.5: bridge window [mem 0xfdc00000-0xfdcfffff 64bit pref] [ 0.288920] pci 0000:00:1e.0: PCI bridge to [bus 05-05] [ 0.288926] pci 0000:00:1e.0: bridge window [io 0xc000-0xcfff] [ 0.288933] pci 0000:00:1e.0: bridge window [mem 0xfda00000-0xfdafffff] [ 0.288940] pci 0000:00:1e.0: bridge window [mem 0xfd900000-0xfd9fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.288971] pci 0000:00:01.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 0.288979] pci 0000:00:01.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.288991] pci 0000:00:1c.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 0.288998] pci 0000:00:1c.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.289008] pci 0000:00:1c.4: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 0.289014] pci 0000:00:1c.4: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.289030] pci 0000:00:1c.5: PCI INT B -> GSI 17 (level, low) -> IRQ 17 [ 0.289037] pci 0000:00:1c.5: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.289047] pci 0000:00:1e.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.289054] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 4 [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] [ 0.289058] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 5 [io 0x0d00-0xffff] [ 0.289063] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 6 [mem 0x000a0000-0x000bffff] [ 0.289067] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 7 [mem 0x000c0000-0x000dffff] [ 0.289072] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 8 [mem 0x7ff00000-0xfebfffff] [ 0.289077] pci_bus 0000:01: resource 0 [io 0xa000-0xafff] [ 0.289081] pci_bus 0000:01: resource 1 [mem 0xf8000000-0xfbffffff] [ 0.289086] pci_bus 0000:01: resource 2 [mem 0xd0000000-0xdfffffff 64bit pref] [ 0.289092] pci_bus 0000:02: resource 0 [io 0x9000-0x9fff] [ 0.289096] pci_bus 0000:02: resource 1 [mem 0xfdb00000-0xfdbfffff] [ 0.289101] pci_bus 0000:02: resource 2 [mem 0xfd800000-0xfd8fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.289106] pci_bus 0000:03: resource 0 [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.289110] pci_bus 0000:03: resource 1 [mem 0xfd700000-0xfd7fffff] [ 0.289115] pci_bus 0000:03: resource 2 [mem 0xfde00000-0xfdefffff 64bit pref] [ 0.289120] pci_bus 0000:04: resource 0 [io 0xb000-0xbfff] [ 0.289124] pci_bus 0000:04: resource 1 [mem 0xfdd00000-0xfddfffff] [ 0.289129] pci_bus 0000:04: resource 2 [mem 0xfdc00000-0xfdcfffff 64bit pref] [ 0.289134] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 0 [io 0xc000-0xcfff] [ 0.289138] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 1 [mem 0xfda00000-0xfdafffff] [ 0.289143] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 2 [mem 0xfd900000-0xfd9fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.289148] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 4 [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] [ 0.289152] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 5 [io 0x0d00-0xffff] [ 0.289157] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 6 [mem 0x000a0000-0x000bffff] [ 0.289161] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 7 [mem 0x000c0000-0x000dffff] [ 0.289166] pci_bus 0000:05: resource 8 [mem 0x7ff00000-0xfebfffff] [ 0.289233] NET: Registered protocol family 2 [ 0.289360] IP route cache hash table entries: 32768 (order: 5, 131072 bytes) [ 0.289754] TCP established hash table entries: 131072 (order: 8, 1048576 bytes) [ 0.290351] TCP bind hash table entries: 65536 (order: 7, 524288 bytes) [ 0.290670] TCP: Hash tables configured (established 131072 bind 65536) [ 0.290674] TCP reno registered [ 0.290680] UDP hash table entries: 512 (order: 2, 16384 bytes) [ 0.290703] UDP-Lite hash table entries: 512 (order: 2, 16384 bytes) [ 0.290868] NET: Registered protocol family 1 [ 0.290911] pci 0000:00:1a.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 0.290932] pci 0000:00:1a.0: PCI INT A disabled [ 0.290956] pci 0000:00:1a.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 21 (level, low) -> IRQ 21 [ 0.290975] pci 0000:00:1a.1: PCI INT B disabled [ 0.290992] pci 0000:00:1a.2: PCI INT D -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 [ 0.291012] pci 0000:00:1a.2: PCI INT D disabled [ 0.291031] pci 0000:00:1a.7: PCI INT C -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 [ 0.291068] pci 0000:00:1a.7: PCI INT C disabled [ 0.291104] pci 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 [ 0.291123] pci 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A disabled [ 0.291135] pci 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 [ 0.291155] pci 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B disabled [ 0.291166] pci 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 [ 0.291185] pci 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C disabled [ 0.291198] pci 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 [ 0.291219] pci 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT A disabled [ 0.291258] pci 0000:01:00.0: Boot video device [ 0.291273] PCI: CLS 4 bytes, default 64 [ 0.291857] audit: initializing netlink socket (disabled) [ 0.291876] type=2000 audit(1336753420.284:1): initialized [ 0.337724] highmem bounce pool size: 64 pages [ 0.337734] HugeTLB registered 2 MB page size, pre-allocated 0 pages [ 0.349241] VFS: Disk quotas dquot_6.5.2 [ 0.349365] Dquot-cache hash table entries: 1024 (order 0, 4096 bytes) [ 0.350418] fuse init (API version 7.17) [ 0.350611] msgmni has been set to 1685 [ 0.351179] Block layer SCSI generic (bsg) driver version 0.4 loaded (major 253) [ 0.351229] io scheduler noop registered [ 0.351233] io scheduler deadline registered [ 0.351247] io scheduler cfq registered (default) [ 0.351450] pcieport 0000:00:01.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.351502] pcieport 0000:00:01.0: irq 40 for MSI/MSI-X [ 0.351585] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.351639] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: irq 41 for MSI/MSI-X [ 0.351728] pcieport 0000:00:1c.4: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.351779] pcieport 0000:00:1c.4: irq 42 for MSI/MSI-X [ 0.351875] pcieport 0000:00:1c.5: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.351927] pcieport 0000:00:1c.5: irq 43 for MSI/MSI-X [ 0.352094] pci_hotplug: PCI Hot Plug PCI Core version: 0.5 [ 0.352143] pciehp: PCI Express Hot Plug Controller Driver version: 0.4 [ 0.352311] intel_idle: MWAIT substates: 0x22220 [ 0.352315] intel_idle: does not run on family 6 model 23 [ 0.352446] input: Power Button as /devices/LNXSYSTM:00/device:00/PNP0C0C:00/input/input0 [ 0.352455] ACPI: Power Button [PWRB] [ 0.352556] input: Power Button as /devices/LNXSYSTM:00/LNXPWRBN:00/input/input1 [ 0.352562] ACPI: Power Button [PWRF] [ 0.352650] ACPI: Fan [FAN] (on) [ 0.355667] thermal LNXTHERM:00: registered as thermal_zone0 [ 0.355673] ACPI: Thermal Zone [THRM] (26 C) [ 0.355750] ERST: Table is not found! [ 0.355753] GHES: HEST is not enabled! [ 0.355898] Serial: 8250/16550 driver, 32 ports, IRQ sharing enabled [ 0.376332] serial8250: ttyS0 at I/O 0x3f8 (irq = 4) is a 16550A [ 0.376582] isapnp: Scanning for PnP cards... [ 0.709133] Freeing initrd memory: 13792k freed [ 0.729743] isapnp: No Plug & Play device found [ 0.816786] 00:07: ttyS0 at I/O 0x3f8 (irq = 4) is a 16550A [ 0.832385] Linux agpgart interface v0.103 [ 0.835605] brd: module loaded [ 0.837138] loop: module loaded [ 0.837452] ata_piix 0000:00:1f.2: version 2.13 [ 0.837473] ata_piix 0000:00:1f.2: PCI INT A -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 [ 0.837480] ata_piix 0000:00:1f.2: MAP [ P0 P2 P1 P3 ] [ 0.837546] ata_piix 0000:00:1f.2: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.838099] scsi0 : ata_piix [ 0.838253] scsi1 : ata_piix [ 0.839183] ata1: SATA max UDMA/133 cmd 0xf900 ctl 0xf800 bmdma 0xf500 irq 19 [ 0.839192] ata2: SATA max UDMA/133 cmd 0xf700 ctl 0xf600 bmdma 0xf508 irq 19 [ 0.839239] ata_piix 0000:00:1f.5: PCI INT A -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 [ 0.839246] ata_piix 0000:00:1f.5: MAP [ P0 -- P1 -- ] [ 0.839300] ata_piix 0000:00:1f.5: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.839708] scsi2 : ata_piix [ 0.839841] scsi3 : ata_piix [ 0.840301] ata3: SATA max UDMA/133 cmd 0xf200 ctl 0xf100 bmdma 0xee00 irq 19 [ 0.840308] ata4: SATA max UDMA/133 cmd 0xf000 ctl 0xef00 bmdma 0xee08 irq 19 [ 0.840429] pata_acpi 0000:03:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 0.840467] pata_acpi 0000:03:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.840488] pata_acpi 0000:03:00.0: PCI INT A disabled [ 0.841159] Fixed MDIO Bus: probed [ 0.841205] tun: Universal TUN/TAP device driver, 1.6 [ 0.841210] tun: (C) 1999-2004 Max Krasnyansky <[email protected]> [ 0.841322] PPP generic driver version 2.4.2 [ 0.841515] ehci_hcd: USB 2.0 'Enhanced' Host Controller (EHCI) Driver [ 0.841542] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1a.7: PCI INT C -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 [ 0.841567] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1a.7: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.841573] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1a.7: EHCI Host Controller [ 0.841658] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1a.7: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1 [ 0.845582] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1a.7: cache line size of 4 is not supported [ 0.845610] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1a.7: irq 18, io mem 0xfdfff000 [ 0.860022] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1a.7: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 1.00 [ 0.860264] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.860272] hub 1-0:1.0: 6 ports detected [ 0.860404] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 [ 0.860424] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.860430] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: EHCI Host Controller [ 0.860512] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2 [ 0.864413] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: cache line size of 4 is not supported [ 0.864438] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: irq 23, io mem 0xfdffe000 [ 0.880021] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 1.00 [ 0.880227] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.880234] hub 2-0:1.0: 6 ports detected [ 0.880369] ohci_hcd: USB 1.1 'Open' Host Controller (OHCI) Driver [ 0.880396] uhci_hcd: USB Universal Host Controller Interface driver [ 0.880431] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 0.880443] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.880449] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.0: UHCI Host Controller [ 0.880529] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3 [ 0.880574] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.0: irq 16, io base 0x0000ff00 [ 0.880803] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.880811] hub 3-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 0.880929] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 21 (level, low) -> IRQ 21 [ 0.880940] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.1: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.880946] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.1: UHCI Host Controller [ 0.881039] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4 [ 0.881081] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.1: irq 21, io base 0x0000fe00 [ 0.881302] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.881310] hub 4-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 0.881427] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.2: PCI INT D -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 [ 0.881438] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.2: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.881443] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.2: UHCI Host Controller [ 0.881523] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.2: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 5 [ 0.881551] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1a.2: irq 19, io base 0x0000fd00 [ 0.881774] hub 5-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.881781] hub 5-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 0.881899] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 [ 0.881910] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.881915] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: UHCI Host Controller [ 0.881993] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 6 [ 0.882021] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: irq 23, io base 0x0000fc00 [ 0.882244] hub 6-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.882252] hub 6-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 0.882370] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 19 (level, low) -> IRQ 19 [ 0.882381] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.882386] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: UHCI Host Controller [ 0.882467] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 7 [ 0.882495] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: irq 19, io base 0x0000fb00 [ 0.882735] hub 7-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.882742] hub 7-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 0.882858] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 [ 0.882869] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.882875] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: UHCI Host Controller [ 0.882954] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 8 [ 0.882982] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: irq 18, io base 0x0000fa00 [ 0.883205] hub 8-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 0.883213] hub 8-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 0.883435] usbcore: registered new interface driver libusual [ 0.883535] i8042: PNP: No PS/2 controller found. Probing ports directly. [ 0.883926] serio: i8042 KBD port at 0x60,0x64 irq 1 [ 0.883936] serio: i8042 AUX port at 0x60,0x64 irq 12 [ 0.884187] mousedev: PS/2 mouse device common for all mice [ 0.884433] rtc_cmos 00:03: RTC can wake from S4 [ 0.884582] rtc_cmos 00:03: rtc core: registered rtc_cmos as rtc0 [ 0.884612] rtc0: alarms up to one month, 242 bytes nvram, hpet irqs [ 0.884719] device-mapper: uevent: version 1.0.3 [ 0.884854] device-mapper: ioctl: 4.22.0-ioctl (2011-10-19) initialised: [email protected] [ 0.884917] EISA: Probing bus 0 at eisa.0 [ 0.884921] EISA: Cannot allocate resource for mainboard [ 0.884925] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 1 [ 0.884929] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 2 [ 0.884932] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 3 [ 0.884936] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 4 [ 0.884940] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 5 [ 0.884943] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 6 [ 0.884947] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 7 [ 0.884950] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 8 [ 0.884954] EISA: Detected 0 cards. [ 0.884969] cpufreq-nforce2: No nForce2 chipset. [ 0.884973] cpuidle: using governor ladder [ 0.884976] cpuidle: using governor menu [ 0.884980] EFI Variables Facility v0.08 2004-May-17 [ 0.885476] TCP cubic registered [ 0.885708] NET: Registered protocol family 10 [ 0.886771] NET: Registered protocol family 17 [ 0.886799] Registering the dns_resolver key type [ 0.886837] Using IPI No-Shortcut mode [ 0.887028] PM: Hibernation image not present or could not be loaded. [ 0.887047] registered taskstats version 1 [ 0.902579] Magic number: 12:339:388 [ 0.902592] usb usb6: hash matches [ 0.902687] rtc_cmos 00:03: setting system clock to 2012-05-11 16:23:41 UTC (1336753421) [ 0.903185] BIOS EDD facility v0.16 2004-Jun-25, 0 devices found [ 0.903189] EDD information not available. [ 1.170710] ata3: SATA link down (SStatus 0 SControl 300) [ 1.181439] ata4: SATA link down (SStatus 0 SControl 300) [ 1.288020] Refined TSC clocksource calibration: 2499.999 MHz. [ 1.288028] Switching to clocksource tsc [ 1.292016] usb 1-5: new high-speed USB device number 3 using ehci_hcd [ 1.486745] ata2.00: SATA link down (SStatus 0 SControl 300) [ 1.486762] ata2.01: SATA link down (SStatus 0 SControl 300) [ 1.640115] ata1.00: SATA link up 1.5 Gbps (SStatus 113 SControl 300) [ 1.640130] ata1.01: SATA link down (SStatus 0 SControl 300) [ 1.648342] ata1.00: ATA-7: Maxtor 7Y250M0, YAR511W0, max UDMA/133 [ 1.648348] ata1.00: 490234752 sectors, multi 0: LBA48 [ 1.664325] ata1.00: configured for UDMA/133 [ 1.664531] scsi 0:0:0:0: Direct-Access ATA Maxtor 7Y250M0 YAR5 PQ: 0 ANSI: 5 [ 1.664745] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] 490234752 512-byte logical blocks: (251 GB/233 GiB) [ 1.664809] sd 0:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg0 type 0 [ 1.664838] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Write Protect is off [ 1.664843] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Mode Sense: 00 3a 00 00 [ 1.664884] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Write cache: enabled, read cache: enabled, doesn't support DPO or FUA [ 1.691699] sda: sda1 sda2 sda3 sda4 [ 1.692348] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk [ 1.692461] Freeing unused kernel memory: 740k freed [ 1.692820] Write protecting the kernel text: 5828k [ 1.692851] Write protecting the kernel read-only data: 2376k [ 1.692854] NX-protecting the kernel data: 4412k [ 1.723980] udevd[92]: starting version 175 [ 1.865339] Floppy drive(s): fd0 is 1.44M [ 1.865429] pata_jmicron 0000:03:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 1.865478] pata_jmicron 0000:03:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 1.867875] sky2: driver version 1.30 [ 1.867926] sky2 0000:04:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 17 (level, low) -> IRQ 17 [ 1.867942] sky2 0000:04:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 1.867979] sky2 0000:04:00.0: Yukon-2 EC chip revision 2 [ 1.868111] sky2 0000:04:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 1.868174] scsi4 : pata_jmicron [ 1.869802] sky2 0000:04:00.0: eth0: addr 00:01:29:a4:16:0a [ 1.869828] scsi5 : pata_jmicron [ 1.869943] ata5: PATA max UDMA/100 cmd 0xdf00 ctl 0xde00 bmdma 0xdb00 irq 16 [ 1.869949] ata6: PATA max UDMA/100 cmd 0xdd00 ctl 0xdc00 bmdma 0xdb08 irq 16 [ 1.880053] usb 4-1: new full-speed USB device number 2 using uhci_hcd [ 1.884052] FDC 0 is a post-1991 82077 [ 2.032611] ata5.00: ATAPI: _NEC DVD+/-RW ND-3450A, 103C, max UDMA/33 [ 2.048585] ata5.00: configured for UDMA/33 [ 2.049777] scsi 4:0:0:0: CD-ROM _NEC DVD+-RW ND-3450A 103C PQ: 0 ANSI: 5 [ 2.051048] sr0: scsi3-mmc drive: 48x/48x writer cd/rw xa/form2 cdda tray [ 2.051054] cdrom: Uniform CD-ROM driver Revision: 3.20 [ 2.051283] sr 4:0:0:0: Attached scsi CD-ROM sr0 [ 2.051483] sr 4:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg1 type 5 [ 2.079838] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbhid [ 2.079844] usbhid: USB HID core driver [ 2.236660] EXT4-fs (sda1): mounted filesystem with ordered data mode. Opts: (null) [ 12.150230] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready [ 12.177342] udevd[333]: starting version 175 [ 12.195524] Adding 417684k swap on /dev/sda2. Priority:-1 extents:1 across:417684k [ 12.278032] lp: driver loaded but no devices found [ 12.516456] logitech-djreceiver 0003:046D:C52B.0003: hiddev0,hidraw0: USB HID v1.11 Device [Logitech USB Receiver] on usb-0000:00:1a.1-1/input2 [ 12.520297] input: Logitech Unifying Device. Wireless PID:1024 as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1a.1/usb4/4-1/4-1:1.2/0003:046D:C52B.0003/input/input2 [ 12.520753] logitech-djdevice 0003:046D:C52B.0004: input,hidraw1: USB HID v1.11 Mouse [Logitech Unifying Device. Wireless PID:1024] on usb-0000:00:1a.1-1:1 [ 12.523286] input: Logitech Unifying Device. Wireless PID:2011 as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1a.1/usb4/4-1/4-1:1.2/0003:046D:C52B.0003/input/input3 [ 12.524439] logitech-djdevice 0003:046D:C52B.0005: input,hidraw2: USB HID v1.11 Keyboard [Logitech Unifying Device. Wireless PID:2011] on usb-0000:00:1a.1-1:2 [ 12.545746] type=1400 audit(1336771433.137:2): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/sbin/dhclient" pid=502 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 12.546574] type=1400 audit(1336771433.137:3): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/lib/NetworkManager/nm-dhcp-client.action" pid=502 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 12.547034] type=1400 audit(1336771433.137:4): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/lib/connman/scripts/dhclient-script" pid=502 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 12.626869] Linux video capture interface: v2.00 [ 12.649104] uvcvideo: Found UVC 1.00 device <unnamed> (046d:081a) [ 12.668665] input: UVC Camera (046d:081a) as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1a.7/usb1/1-5/1-5:1.0/input/input4 [ 12.668909] usbcore: registered new interface driver uvcvideo [ 12.668914] USB Video Class driver (1.1.1) [ 12.697645] snd_hda_intel 0000:00:1b.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 22 (level, low) -> IRQ 22 [ 12.697721] snd_hda_intel 0000:00:1b.0: irq 45 for MSI/MSI-X [ 12.697760] snd_hda_intel 0000:00:1b.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 12.706772] nvidia: module license 'NVIDIA' taints kernel. [ 12.706778] Disabling lock debugging due to kernel taint [ 12.735428] EXT4-fs (sda1): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro [ 13.350252] nvidia 0000:01:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 13.350267] nvidia 0000:01:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 13.350275] vgaarb: device changed decodes: PCI:0000:01:00.0,olddecodes=io+mem,decodes=none:owns=io+mem [ 13.351464] NVRM: loading NVIDIA UNIX x86 Kernel Module 295.40 Thu Apr 5 21:28:09 PDT 2012 [ 13.356785] hda_codec: ALC889A: BIOS auto-probing. [ 13.357267] init: failsafe main process (658) killed by TERM signal [ 13.372756] input: HDA Intel Line as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input5 [ 13.373173] input: HDA Intel Front Mic as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input6 [ 13.373568] input: HDA Intel Rear Mic as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input7 [ 13.373954] input: HDA Intel Front Headphone as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input8 [ 13.374339] input: HDA Intel Line-Out Side as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input9 [ 13.374715] input: HDA Intel Line-Out CLFE as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input10 [ 13.375109] input: HDA Intel Line-Out Surround as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input11 [ 13.375724] input: HDA Intel Line-Out Front as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1b.0/sound/card0/input12 [ 13.475252] type=1400 audit(1336771434.065:5): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_replace" name="/sbin/dhclient" pid=735 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 13.477026] type=1400 audit(1336771434.069:6): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_replace" name="/usr/lib/NetworkManager/nm-dhcp-client.action" pid=735 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 13.477695] type=1400 audit(1336771434.069:7): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_replace" name="/usr/lib/connman/scripts/dhclient-script" pid=735 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 13.479048] type=1400 audit(1336771434.069:8): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/lib/lightdm/lightdm/lightdm-guest-session-wrapper" pid=734 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 13.488994] type=1400 audit(1336771434.081:9): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/lib/telepathy/mission-control-5" pid=738 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 13.489972] type=1400 audit(1336771434.081:10): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/lib/telepathy/telepathy-*" pid=738 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 13.

    Read the article

  • Much Ado About Nothing: Stub Objects

    - by user9154181
    The Solaris 11 link-editor (ld) contains support for a new type of object that we call a stub object. A stub object is a shared object, built entirely from mapfiles, that supplies the same linking interface as the real object, while containing no code or data. Stub objects cannot be executed — the runtime linker will kill any process that attempts to load one. However, you can link to a stub object as a dependency, allowing the stub to act as a proxy for the real version of the object. You may well wonder if there is a point to producing an object that contains nothing but linking interface. As it turns out, stub objects are very useful for building large bodies of code such as Solaris. In the last year, we've had considerable success in applying them to one of our oldest and thorniest build problems. In this discussion, I will describe how we came to invent these objects, and how we apply them to building Solaris. This posting explains where the idea for stub objects came from, and details our long and twisty journey from hallway idea to standard link-editor feature. I expect that these details are mainly of interest to those who work on Solaris and its makefiles, those who have done so in the past, and those who work with other similar bodies of code. A subsequent posting will omit the history and background details, and instead discuss how to build and use stub objects. If you are mainly interested in what stub objects are, and don't care about the underlying software war stories, I encourage you to skip ahead. The Long Road To Stubs This all started for me with an email discussion in May of 2008, regarding a change request that was filed in 2002, entitled: 4631488 lib/Makefile is too patient: .WAITs should be reduced This CR encapsulates a number of cronic issues with Solaris builds: We build Solaris with a parallel make (dmake) that tries to build as much of the code base in parallel as possible. There is a lot of code to build, and we've long made use of parallelized builds to get the job done quicker. This is even more important in today's world of massively multicore hardware. Solaris contains a large number of executables and shared objects. Executables depend on shared objects, and shared objects can depend on each other. Before you can build an object, you need to ensure that the objects it needs have been built. This implies a need for serialization, which is in direct opposition to the desire to build everying in parallel. To accurately build objects in the right order requires an accurate set of make rules defining the things that depend on each other. This sounds simple, but the reality is quite complex. In practice, having programmers explicitly specify these dependencies is a losing strategy: It's really hard to get right. It's really easy to get it wrong and never know it because things build anyway. Even if you get it right, it won't stay that way, because dependencies between objects can change over time, and make cannot help you detect such drifing. You won't know that you got it wrong until the builds break. That can be a long time after the change that triggered the breakage happened, making it hard to connect the cause and the effect. Usually this happens just before a release, when the pressure is on, its hard to think calmly, and there is no time for deep fixes. As a poor compromise, the libraries in core Solaris were built using a set of grossly incomplete hand written rules, supplemented with a number of dmake .WAIT directives used to group the libraries into sets of non-interacting groups that can be built in parallel because we think they don't depend on each other. From time to time, someone will suggest that we could analyze the built objects themselves to determine their dependencies and then generate make rules based on those relationships. This is possible, but but there are complications that limit the usefulness of that approach: To analyze an object, you have to build it first. This is a classic chicken and egg scenario. You could analyze the results of a previous build, but then you're not necessarily going to get accurate rules for the current code. It should be possible to build the code without having a built workspace available. The analysis will take time, and remember that we're constantly trying to make builds faster, not slower. By definition, such an approach will always be approximate, and therefore only incremantally more accurate than the hand written rules described above. The hand written rules are fast and cheap, while this idea is slow and complex, so we stayed with the hand written approach. Solaris was built that way, essentially forever, because these are genuinely difficult problems that had no easy answer. The makefiles were full of build races in which the right outcomes happened reliably for years until a new machine or a change in build server workload upset the accidental balance of things. After figuring out what had happened, you'd mutter "How did that ever work?", add another incomplete and soon to be inaccurate make dependency rule to the system, and move on. This was not a satisfying solution, as we tend to be perfectionists in the Solaris group, but we didn't have a better answer. It worked well enough, approximately. And so it went for years. We needed a different approach — a new idea to cut the Gordian Knot. In that discussion from May 2008, my fellow linker-alien Rod Evans had the initial spark that lead us to a game changing series of realizations: The link-editor is used to link objects together, but it only uses the ELF metadata in the object, consisting of symbol tables, ELF versioning sections, and similar data. Notably, it does not look at, or understand, the machine code that makes an object useful at runtime. If you had an object that only contained the ELF metadata for a dependency, but not the code or data, the link-editor would find it equally useful for linking, and would never know the difference. Call it a stub object. In the core Solaris OS, we require all objects to be built with a link-editor mapfile that describes all of its publically available functions and data. Could we build a stub object using the mapfile for the real object? It ought to be very fast to build stub objects, as there are no input objects to process. Unlike the real object, stub objects would not actually require any dependencies, and so, all of the stubs for the entire system could be built in parallel. When building the real objects, one could link against the stub objects instead of the real dependencies. This means that all the real objects can be built built in parallel too, without any serialization. We could replace a system that requires perfect makefile rules with a system that requires no ordering rules whatsoever. The results would be considerably more robust. We immediately realized that this idea had potential, but also that there were many details to sort out, lots of work to do, and that perhaps it wouldn't really pan out. As is often the case, it would be necessary to do the work and see how it turned out. Following that conversation, I set about trying to build a stub object. We determined that a faithful stub has to do the following: Present the same set of global symbols, with the same ELF versioning, as the real object. Functions are simple — it suffices to have a symbol of the right type, possibly, but not necessarily, referencing a null function in its text segment. Copy relocations make data more complicated to stub. The possibility of a copy relocation means that when you create a stub, the data symbols must have the actual size of the real data. Any error in this will go uncaught at link time, and will cause tragic failures at runtime that are very hard to diagnose. For reasons too obscure to go into here, involving tentative symbols, it is also important that the data reside in bss, or not, matching its placement in the real object. If the real object has more than one symbol pointing at the same data item, we call these aliased symbols. All data symbols in the stub object must exhibit the same aliasing as the real object. We imagined the stub library feature working as follows: A command line option to ld tells it to produce a stub rather than a real object. In this mode, only mapfiles are examined, and any object or shared libraries on the command line are are ignored. The extra information needed (function or data, size, and bss details) would be added to the mapfile. When building the real object instead of the stub, the extra information for building stubs would be validated against the resulting object to ensure that they match. In exploring these ideas, I immediately run headfirst into the reality of the original mapfile syntax, a subject that I would later write about as The Problem(s) With Solaris SVR4 Link-Editor Mapfiles. The idea of extending that poor language was a non-starter. Until a better mapfile syntax became available, which seemed unlikely in 2008, the solution could not involve extentions to the mapfile syntax. Instead, we cooked up the idea (hack) of augmenting mapfiles with stylized comments that would carry the necessary information. A typical definition might look like: # DATA(i386) __iob 0x3c0 # DATA(amd64,sparcv9) __iob 0xa00 # DATA(sparc) __iob 0x140 iob; A further problem then became clear: If we can't extend the mapfile syntax, then there's no good way to extend ld with an option to produce stub objects, and to validate them against the real objects. The idea of having ld read comments in a mapfile and parse them for content is an unacceptable hack. The entire point of comments is that they are strictly for the human reader, and explicitly ignored by the tool. Taking all of these speed bumps into account, I made a new plan: A perl script reads the mapfiles, generates some small C glue code to produce empty functions and data definitions, compiles and links the stub object from the generated glue code, and then deletes the generated glue code. Another perl script used after both objects have been built, to compare the real and stub objects, using data from elfdump, and validate that they present the same linking interface. By June 2008, I had written the above, and generated a stub object for libc. It was a useful prototype process to go through, and it allowed me to explore the ideas at a deep level. Ultimately though, the result was unsatisfactory as a basis for real product. There were so many issues: The use of stylized comments were fine for a prototype, but not close to professional enough for shipping product. The idea of having to document and support it was a large concern. The ideal solution for stub objects really does involve having the link-editor accept the same arguments used to build the real object, augmented with a single extra command line option. Any other solution, such as our prototype script, will require makefiles to be modified in deeper ways to support building stubs, and so, will raise barriers to converting existing code. A validation script that rederives what the linker knew when it built an object will always be at a disadvantage relative to the actual linker that did the work. A stub object should be identifyable as such. In the prototype, there was no tag or other metadata that would let you know that they weren't real objects. Being able to identify a stub object in this way means that the file command can tell you what it is, and that the runtime linker can refuse to try and run a program that loads one. At that point, we needed to apply this prototype to building Solaris. As you might imagine, the task of modifying all the makefiles in the core Solaris code base in order to do this is a massive task, and not something you'd enter into lightly. The quality of the prototype just wasn't good enough to justify that sort of time commitment, so I tabled the project, putting it on my list of long term things to think about, and moved on to other work. It would sit there for a couple of years. Semi-coincidentally, one of the projects I tacked after that was to create a new mapfile syntax for the Solaris link-editor. We had wanted to do something about the old mapfile syntax for many years. Others before me had done some paper designs, and a great deal of thought had already gone into the features it should, and should not have, but for various reasons things had never moved beyond the idea stage. When I joined Sun in late 2005, I got involved in reviewing those things and thinking about the problem. Now in 2008, fresh from relearning for the Nth time why the old mapfile syntax was a huge impediment to linker progress, it seemed like the right time to tackle the mapfile issue. Paving the way for proper stub object support was not the driving force behind that effort, but I certainly had them in mind as I moved forward. The new mapfile syntax, which we call version 2, integrated into Nevada build snv_135 in in February 2010: 6916788 ld version 2 mapfile syntax PSARC/2009/688 Human readable and extensible ld mapfile syntax In order to prove that the new mapfile syntax was adequate for general purpose use, I had also done an overhaul of the ON consolidation to convert all mapfiles to use the new syntax, and put checks in place that would ensure that no use of the old syntax would creep back in. That work went back into snv_144 in June 2010: 6916796 OSnet mapfiles should use version 2 link-editor syntax That was a big putback, modifying 517 files, adding 18 new files, and removing 110 old ones. I would have done this putback anyway, as the work was already done, and the benefits of human readable syntax are obvious. However, among the justifications listed in CR 6916796 was this We anticipate adding additional features to the new mapfile language that will be applicable to ON, and which will require all sharable object mapfiles to use the new syntax. I never explained what those additional features were, and no one asked. It was premature to say so, but this was a reference to stub objects. By that point, I had already put together a working prototype link-editor with the necessary support for stub objects. I was pleased to find that building stubs was indeed very fast. On my desktop system (Ultra 24), an amd64 stub for libc can can be built in a fraction of a second: % ptime ld -64 -z stub -o stubs/libc.so.1 -G -hlibc.so.1 \ -ztext -zdefs -Bdirect ... real 0.019708910 user 0.010101680 sys 0.008528431 In order to go from prototype to integrated link-editor feature, I knew that I would need to prove that stub objects were valuable. And to do that, I knew that I'd have to switch the Solaris ON consolidation to use stub objects and evaluate the outcome. And in order to do that experiment, ON would first need to be converted to version 2 mapfiles. Sub-mission accomplished. Normally when you design a new feature, you can devise reasonably small tests to show it works, and then deploy it incrementally, letting it prove its value as it goes. The entire point of stub objects however was to demonstrate that they could be successfully applied to an extremely large and complex code base, and specifically to solve the Solaris build issues detailed above. There was no way to finesse the matter — in order to move ahead, I would have to successfully use stub objects to build the entire ON consolidation and demonstrate their value. In software, the need to boil the ocean can often be a warning sign that things are trending in the wrong direction. Conversely, sometimes progress demands that you build something large and new all at once. A big win, or a big loss — sometimes all you can do is try it and see what happens. And so, I spent some time staring at ON makefiles trying to get a handle on how things work, and how they'd have to change. It's a big and messy world, full of complex interactions, unspecified dependencies, special cases, and knowledge of arcane makefile features... ...and so, I backed away, put it down for a few months and did other work... ...until the fall, when I felt like it was time to stop thinking and pondering (some would say stalling) and get on with it. Without stubs, the following gives a simplified high level view of how Solaris is built: An initially empty directory known as the proto, and referenced via the ROOT makefile macro is established to receive the files that make up the Solaris distribution. A top level setup rule creates the proto area, and performs operations needed to initialize the workspace so that the main build operations can be launched, such as copying needed header files into the proto area. Parallel builds are launched to build the kernel (usr/src/uts), libraries (usr/src/lib), and commands. The install makefile target builds each item and delivers a copy to the proto area. All libraries and executables link against the objects previously installed in the proto, implying the need to synchronize the order in which things are built. Subsequent passes run lint, and do packaging. Given this structure, the additions to use stub objects are: A new second proto area is established, known as the stub proto and referenced via the STUBROOT makefile macro. The stub proto has the same structure as the real proto, but is used to hold stub objects. All files in the real proto are delivered as part of the Solaris product. In contrast, the stub proto is used to build the product, and then thrown away. A new target is added to library Makefiles called stub. This rule builds the stub objects. The ld command is designed so that you can build a stub object using the same ld command line you'd use to build the real object, with the addition of a single -z stub option. This means that the makefile rules for building the stub objects are very similar to those used to build the real objects, and many existing makefile definitions can be shared between them. A new target is added to the Makefiles called stubinstall which delivers the stub objects built by the stub rule into the stub proto. These rules reuse much of existing plumbing used by the existing install rule. The setup rule runs stubinstall over the entire lib subtree as part of its initialization. All libraries and executables link against the objects in the stub proto rather than the main proto, and can therefore be built in parallel without any synchronization. There was no small way to try this that would yield meaningful results. I would have to take a leap of faith and edit approximately 1850 makefiles and 300 mapfiles first, trusting that it would all work out. Once the editing was done, I'd type make and see what happened. This took about 6 weeks to do, and there were many dark days when I'd question the entire project, or struggle to understand some of the many twisted and complex situations I'd uncover in the makefiles. I even found a couple of new issues that required changes to the new stub object related code I'd added to ld. With a substantial amount of encouragement and help from some key people in the Solaris group, I eventually got the editing done and stub objects for the entire workspace built. I found that my desktop system could build all the stub objects in the workspace in roughly a minute. This was great news, as it meant that use of the feature is effectively free — no one was likely to notice or care about the cost of building them. After another week of typing make, fixing whatever failed, and doing it again, I succeeded in getting a complete build! The next step was to remove all of the make rules and .WAIT statements dedicated to controlling the order in which libraries under usr/src/lib are built. This came together pretty quickly, and after a few more speed bumps, I had a workspace that built cleanly and looked like something you might actually be able to integrate someday. This was a significant milestone, but there was still much left to do. I turned to doing full nightly builds. Every type of build (open, closed, OpenSolaris, export, domestic) had to be tried. Each type failed in a new and unique way, requiring some thinking and rework. As things came together, I became aware of things that could have been done better, simpler, or cleaner, and those things also required some rethinking, the seeking of wisdom from others, and some rework. After another couple of weeks, it was in close to final form. My focus turned towards the end game and integration. This was a huge workspace, and needed to go back soon, before changes in the gate would made merging increasingly difficult. At this point, I knew that the stub objects had greatly simplified the makefile logic and uncovered a number of race conditions, some of which had been there for years. I assumed that the builds were faster too, so I did some builds intended to quantify the speedup in build time that resulted from this approach. It had never occurred to me that there might not be one. And so, I was very surprised to find that the wall clock build times for a stock ON workspace were essentially identical to the times for my stub library enabled version! This is why it is important to always measure, and not just to assume. One can tell from first principles, based on all those removed dependency rules in the library makefile, that the stub object version of ON gives dmake considerably more opportunities to overlap library construction. Some hypothesis were proposed, and shot down: Could we have disabled dmakes parallel feature? No, a quick check showed things being build in parallel. It was suggested that we might be I/O bound, and so, the threads would be mostly idle. That's a plausible explanation, but system stats didn't really support it. Plus, the timing between the stub and non-stub cases were just too suspiciously identical. Are our machines already handling as much parallelism as they are capable of, and unable to exploit these additional opportunities? Once again, we didn't see the evidence to back this up. Eventually, a more plausible and obvious reason emerged: We build the libraries and commands (usr/src/lib, usr/src/cmd) in parallel with the kernel (usr/src/uts). The kernel is the long leg in that race, and so, wall clock measurements of build time are essentially showing how long it takes to build uts. Although it would have been nice to post a huge speedup immediately, we can take solace in knowing that stub objects simplify the makefiles and reduce the possibility of race conditions. The next step in reducing build time should be to find ways to reduce or overlap the uts part of the builds. When that leg of the build becomes shorter, then the increased parallelism in the libs and commands will pay additional dividends. Until then, we'll just have to settle for simpler and more robust. And so, I integrated the link-editor support for creating stub objects into snv_153 (November 2010) with 6993877 ld should produce stub objects PSARC/2010/397 ELF Stub Objects followed by the work to convert the ON consolidation in snv_161 (February 2011) with 7009826 OSnet should use stub objects 4631488 lib/Makefile is too patient: .WAITs should be reduced This was a huge putback, with 2108 modified files, 8 new files, and 2 removed files. Due to the size, I was allowed a window after snv_160 closed in which to do the putback. It went pretty smoothly for something this big, a few more preexisting race conditions would be discovered and addressed over the next few weeks, and things have been quiet since then. Conclusions and Looking Forward Solaris has been built with stub objects since February. The fact that developers no longer specify the order in which libraries are built has been a big success, and we've eliminated an entire class of build error. That's not to say that there are no build races left in the ON makefiles, but we've taken a substantial bite out of the problem while generally simplifying and improving things. The introduction of a stub proto area has also opened some interesting new possibilities for other build improvements. As this article has become quite long, and as those uses do not involve stub objects, I will defer that discussion to a future article.

    Read the article

  • PTLQueue : a scalable bounded-capacity MPMC queue

    - by Dave
    Title: Fast concurrent MPMC queue -- I've used the following concurrent queue algorithm enough that it warrants a blog entry. I'll sketch out the design of a fast and scalable multiple-producer multiple-consumer (MPSC) concurrent queue called PTLQueue. The queue has bounded capacity and is implemented via a circular array. Bounded capacity can be a useful property if there's a mismatch between producer rates and consumer rates where an unbounded queue might otherwise result in excessive memory consumption by virtue of the container nodes that -- in some queue implementations -- are used to hold values. A bounded-capacity queue can provide flow control between components. Beware, however, that bounded collections can also result in resource deadlock if abused. The put() and take() operators are partial and wait for the collection to become non-full or non-empty, respectively. Put() and take() do not allocate memory, and are not vulnerable to the ABA pathologies. The PTLQueue algorithm can be implemented equally well in C/C++ and Java. Partial operators are often more convenient than total methods. In many use cases if the preconditions aren't met, there's nothing else useful the thread can do, so it may as well wait via a partial method. An exception is in the case of work-stealing queues where a thief might scan a set of queues from which it could potentially steal. Total methods return ASAP with a success-failure indication. (It's tempting to describe a queue or API as blocking or non-blocking instead of partial or total, but non-blocking is already an overloaded concurrency term. Perhaps waiting/non-waiting or patient/impatient might be better terms). It's also trivial to construct partial operators by busy-waiting via total operators, but such constructs may be less efficient than an operator explicitly and intentionally designed to wait. A PTLQueue instance contains an array of slots, where each slot has volatile Turn and MailBox fields. The array has power-of-two length allowing mod/div operations to be replaced by masking. We assume sensible padding and alignment to reduce the impact of false sharing. (On x86 I recommend 128-byte alignment and padding because of the adjacent-sector prefetch facility). Each queue also has PutCursor and TakeCursor cursor variables, each of which should be sequestered as the sole occupant of a cache line or sector. You can opt to use 64-bit integers if concerned about wrap-around aliasing in the cursor variables. Put(null) is considered illegal, but the caller or implementation can easily check for and convert null to a distinguished non-null proxy value if null happens to be a value you'd like to pass. Take() will accordingly convert the proxy value back to null. An advantage of PTLQueue is that you can use atomic fetch-and-increment for the partial methods. We initialize each slot at index I with (Turn=I, MailBox=null). Both cursors are initially 0. All shared variables are considered "volatile" and atomics such as CAS and AtomicFetchAndIncrement are presumed to have bidirectional fence semantics. Finally T is the templated type. I've sketched out a total tryTake() method below that allows the caller to poll the queue. tryPut() has an analogous construction. Zebra stripping : alternating row colors for nice-looking code listings. See also google code "prettify" : https://code.google.com/p/google-code-prettify/ Prettify is a javascript module that yields the HTML/CSS/JS equivalent of pretty-print. -- pre:nth-child(odd) { background-color:#ff0000; } pre:nth-child(even) { background-color:#0000ff; } border-left: 11px solid #ccc; margin: 1.7em 0 1.7em 0.3em; background-color:#BFB; font-size:12px; line-height:65%; " // PTLQueue : Put(v) : // producer : partial method - waits as necessary assert v != null assert Mask = 1 && (Mask & (Mask+1)) == 0 // Document invariants // doorway step // Obtain a sequence number -- ticket // As a practical concern the ticket value is temporally unique // The ticket also identifies and selects a slot auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&PutCursor, 1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // waiting phase : // wait for slot's generation to match the tkt value assigned to this put() invocation. // The "generation" is implicitly encoded as the upper bits in the cursor // above those used to specify the index : tkt div (Mask+1) // The generation serves as an epoch number to identify a cohort of threads // accessing disjoint slots while s-Turn != tkt : Pause assert s-MailBox == null s-MailBox = v // deposit and pass message Take() : // consumer : partial method - waits as necessary auto tkt = AtomicFetchIncrement (&TakeCursor,1) slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] // 2-stage waiting : // First wait for turn for our generation // Acquire exclusive "take" access to slot's MailBox field // Then wait for the slot to become occupied while s-Turn != tkt : Pause // Concurrency in this section of code is now reduced to just 1 producer thread // vs 1 consumer thread. // For a given queue and slot, there will be most one Take() operation running // in this section. // Consumer waits for producer to arrive and make slot non-empty // Extract message; clear mailbox; advance Turn indicator // We have an obvious happens-before relation : // Put(m) happens-before corresponding Take() that returns that same "m" for T v = s-MailBox if v != null : s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 // unlock slot to admit next producer and consumer return v Pause tryTake() : // total method - returns ASAP with failure indication for auto tkt = TakeCursor slot * s = &Slots[tkt & Mask] if s-Turn != tkt : return null T v = s-MailBox // presumptive return value if v == null : return null // ratify tkt and v values and commit by advancing cursor if CAS (&TakeCursor, tkt, tkt+1) != tkt : continue s-MailBox = null ST-ST barrier s-Turn = tkt + Mask + 1 return v The basic idea derives from the Partitioned Ticket Lock "PTL" (US20120240126-A1) and the MultiLane Concurrent Bag (US8689237). The latter is essentially a circular ring-buffer where the elements themselves are queues or concurrent collections. You can think of the PTLQueue as a partitioned ticket lock "PTL" augmented to pass values from lock to unlock via the slots. Alternatively, you could conceptualize of PTLQueue as a degenerate MultiLane bag where each slot or "lane" consists of a simple single-word MailBox instead of a general queue. Each lane in PTLQueue also has a private Turn field which acts like the Turn (Grant) variables found in PTL. Turn enforces strict FIFO ordering and restricts concurrency on the slot mailbox field to at most one simultaneous put() and take() operation. PTL uses a single "ticket" variable and per-slot Turn (grant) fields while MultiLane has distinct PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors and abstract per-slot sub-queues. Both PTL and MultiLane advance their cursor and ticket variables with atomic fetch-and-increment. PTLQueue borrows from both PTL and MultiLane and has distinct put and take cursors and per-slot Turn fields. Instead of a per-slot queues, PTLQueue uses a simple single-word MailBox field. PutCursor and TakeCursor act like a pair of ticket locks, conferring "put" and "take" access to a given slot. PutCursor, for instance, assigns an incoming put() request to a slot and serves as a PTL "Ticket" to acquire "put" permission to that slot's MailBox field. To better explain the operation of PTLQueue we deconstruct the operation of put() and take() as follows. Put() first increments PutCursor obtaining a new unique ticket. That ticket value also identifies a slot. Put() next waits for that slot's Turn field to match that ticket value. This is tantamount to using a PTL to acquire "put" permission on the slot's MailBox field. Finally, having obtained exclusive "put" permission on the slot, put() stores the message value into the slot's MailBox. Take() similarly advances TakeCursor, identifying a slot, and then acquires and secures "take" permission on a slot by waiting for Turn. Take() then waits for the slot's MailBox to become non-empty, extracts the message, and clears MailBox. Finally, take() advances the slot's Turn field, which releases both "put" and "take" access to the slot's MailBox. Note the asymmetry : put() acquires "put" access to the slot, but take() releases that lock. At any given time, for a given slot in a PTLQueue, at most one thread has "put" access and at most one thread has "take" access. This restricts concurrency from general MPMC to 1-vs-1. We have 2 ticket locks -- one for put() and one for take() -- each with its own "ticket" variable in the form of the corresponding cursor, but they share a single "Grant" egress variable in the form of the slot's Turn variable. Advancing the PutCursor, for instance, serves two purposes. First, we obtain a unique ticket which identifies a slot. Second, incrementing the cursor is the doorway protocol step to acquire the per-slot mutual exclusion "put" lock. The cursors and operations to increment those cursors serve double-duty : slot-selection and ticket assignment for locking the slot's MailBox field. At any given time a slot MailBox field can be in one of the following states: empty with no pending operations -- neutral state; empty with one or more waiting take() operations pending -- deficit; occupied with no pending operations; occupied with one or more waiting put() operations -- surplus; empty with a pending put() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional; or occupied with a pending take() or pending put() and take() operations -- transitional. The partial put() and take() operators can be implemented with an atomic fetch-and-increment operation, which may confer a performance advantage over a CAS-based loop. In addition we have independent PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors. Critically, a put() operation modifies PutCursor but does not access the TakeCursor and a take() operation modifies the TakeCursor cursor but does not access the PutCursor. This acts to reduce coherence traffic relative to some other queue designs. It's worth noting that slow threads or obstruction in one slot (or "lane") does not impede or obstruct operations in other slots -- this gives us some degree of obstruction isolation. PTLQueue is not lock-free, however. The implementation above is expressed with polite busy-waiting (Pause) but it's trivial to implement per-slot parking and unparking to deschedule waiting threads. It's also easy to convert the queue to a more general deque by replacing the PutCursor and TakeCursor cursors with Left/Front and Right/Back cursors that can move either direction. Specifically, to push and pop from the "left" side of the deque we would decrement and increment the Left cursor, respectively, and to push and pop from the "right" side of the deque we would increment and decrement the Right cursor, respectively. We used a variation of PTLQueue for message passing in our recent OPODIS 2013 paper. ul { list-style:none; padding-left:0; padding:0; margin:0; margin-left:0; } ul#myTagID { padding: 0px; margin: 0px; list-style:none; margin-left:0;} -- -- There's quite a bit of related literature in this area. I'll call out a few relevant references: Wilson's NYU Courant Institute UltraComputer dissertation from 1988 is classic and the canonical starting point : Operating System Data Structures for Shared-Memory MIMD Machines with Fetch-and-Add. Regarding provenance and priority, I think PTLQueue or queues effectively equivalent to PTLQueue have been independently rediscovered a number of times. See CB-Queue and BNPBV, below, for instance. But Wilson's dissertation anticipates the basic idea and seems to predate all the others. Gottlieb et al : Basic Techniques for the Efficient Coordination of Very Large Numbers of Cooperating Sequential Processors Orozco et al : CB-Queue in Toward high-throughput algorithms on many-core architectures which appeared in TACO 2012. Meneghin et al : BNPVB family in Performance evaluation of inter-thread communication mechanisms on multicore/multithreaded architecture Dmitry Vyukov : bounded MPMC queue (highly recommended) Alex Otenko : US8607249 (highly related). John Mellor-Crummey : Concurrent queues: Practical fetch-and-phi algorithms. Technical Report 229, Department of Computer Science, University of Rochester Thomasson : FIFO Distributed Bakery Algorithm (very similar to PTLQueue). Scott and Scherer : Dual Data Structures I'll propose an optimization left as an exercise for the reader. Say we wanted to reduce memory usage by eliminating inter-slot padding. Such padding is usually "dark" memory and otherwise unused and wasted. But eliminating the padding leaves us at risk of increased false sharing. Furthermore lets say it was usually the case that the PutCursor and TakeCursor were numerically close to each other. (That's true in some use cases). We might still reduce false sharing by incrementing the cursors by some value other than 1 that is not trivially small and is coprime with the number of slots. Alternatively, we might increment the cursor by one and mask as usual, resulting in a logical index. We then use that logical index value to index into a permutation table, yielding an effective index for use in the slot array. The permutation table would be constructed so that nearby logical indices would map to more distant effective indices. (Open question: what should that permutation look like? Possibly some perversion of a Gray code or De Bruijn sequence might be suitable). As an aside, say we need to busy-wait for some condition as follows : "while C == 0 : Pause". Lets say that C is usually non-zero, so we typically don't wait. But when C happens to be 0 we'll have to spin for some period, possibly brief. We can arrange for the code to be more machine-friendly with respect to the branch predictors by transforming the loop into : "if C == 0 : for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }". Critically, we want to restructure the loop so there's one branch that controls entry and another that controls loop exit. A concern is that your compiler or JIT might be clever enough to transform this back to "while C == 0 : Pause". You can sometimes avoid this by inserting a call to a some type of very cheap "opaque" method that the compiler can't elide or reorder. On Solaris, for instance, you could use :"if C == 0 : { gethrtime(); for { Pause; if C != 0 : break; }}". It's worth noting the obvious duality between locks and queues. If you have strict FIFO lock implementation with local spinning and succession by direct handoff such as MCS or CLH,then you can usually transform that lock into a queue. Hidden commentary and annotations - invisible : * And of course there's a well-known duality between queues and locks, but I'll leave that topic for another blog post. * Compare and contrast : PTLQ vs PTL and MultiLane * Equivalent : Turn; seq; sequence; pos; position; ticket * Put = Lock; Deposit Take = identify and reserve slot; wait; extract & clear; unlock * conceptualize : Distinct PutLock and TakeLock implemented as ticket lock or PTL Distinct arrival cursors but share per-slot "Turn" variable provides exclusive role-based access to slot's mailbox field put() acquires exclusive access to a slot for purposes of "deposit" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires deposit access rights/perms to that slot take() acquires exclusive access to slot for purposes of "withdrawal" assigns slot round-robin and then acquires withdrawal access rights/perms to that slot At any given time, only one thread can have withdrawal access to a slot at any given time, only one thread can have deposit access to a slot Permissible for T1 to have deposit access and T2 to simultaneously have withdrawal access * round-robin for the purposes of; role-based; access mode; access role mailslot; mailbox; allocate/assign/identify slot rights; permission; license; access permission; * PTL/Ticket hybrid Asymmetric usage ; owner oblivious lock-unlock pairing K-exclusion add Grant cursor pass message m from lock to unlock via Slots[] array Cursor performs 2 functions : + PTL ticket + Assigns request to slot in round-robin fashion Deconstruct protocol : explication put() : allocate slot in round-robin fashion acquire PTL for "put" access store message into slot associated with PTL index take() : Acquire PTL for "take" access // doorway step seq = fetchAdd (&Grant, 1) s = &Slots[seq & Mask] // waiting phase while s-Turn != seq : pause Extract : wait for s-mailbox to be full v = s-mailbox s-mailbox = null Release PTL for both "put" and "take" access s-Turn = seq + Mask + 1 * Slot round-robin assignment and lock "doorway" protocol leverage the same cursor and FetchAdd operation on that cursor FetchAdd (&Cursor,1) + round-robin slot assignment and dispersal + PTL/ticket lock "doorway" step waiting phase is via "Turn" field in slot * PTLQueue uses 2 cursors -- put and take. Acquire "put" access to slot via PTL-like lock Acquire "take" access to slot via PTL-like lock 2 locks : put and take -- at most one thread can access slot's mailbox Both locks use same "turn" field Like multilane : 2 cursors : put and take slot is simple 1-capacity mailbox instead of queue Borrow per-slot turn/grant from PTL Provides strict FIFO Lock slot : put-vs-put take-vs-take at most one put accesses slot at any one time at most one put accesses take at any one time reduction to 1-vs-1 instead of N-vs-M concurrency Per slot locks for put/take Release put/take by advancing turn * is instrumental in ... * P-V Semaphore vs lock vs K-exclusion * See also : FastQueues-excerpt.java dice-etc/queue-mpmc-bounded-blocking-circular-xadd/ * PTLQueue is the same as PTLQB - identical * Expedient return; ASAP; prompt; immediately * Lamport's Bakery algorithm : doorway step then waiting phase Threads arriving at doorway obtain a unique ticket number Threads enter in ticket order * In the terminology of Reed and Kanodia a ticket lock corresponds to the busy-wait implementation of a semaphore using an eventcount and a sequencer It can also be thought of as an optimization of Lamport's bakery lock was designed for fault-tolerance rather than performance Instead of spinning on the release counter, processors using a bakery lock repeatedly examine the tickets of their peers --

    Read the article

  • Partner Blog Series: PwC Perspectives - The Gotchas, The Do's and Don'ts for IDM Implementations

    - by Tanu Sood
    Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0in; mso-para-margin-right:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:12.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0in; line-height:12.0pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:"Arial","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Arial; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi-font-family:Arial; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6 {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:1; mso-tstyle-colband-size:1; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; border-top:solid #E0301E 1.0pt; mso-border-top-themecolor:accent6; border-left:none; border-bottom:solid #E0301E 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; border-right:none; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:10.0pt; font-family:"Georgia","serif"; color:black; mso-themecolor:text1; mso-ansi-language:EN-GB;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6FirstRow {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:first-row; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-border-top:cell-none; mso-tstyle-border-bottom:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; font-family:"Verdana","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Georgia; mso-ascii-theme-font:major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:major-fareast; mso-hansi-font-family:Georgia; mso-hansi-theme-font:major-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:major-bidi;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6LastRow {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:last-row; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-border-top:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-top-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-border-bottom:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; color:#968C6D; mso-themecolor:text2; mso-ansi-font-weight:bold; mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6FirstCol {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:first-column; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-ansi-font-weight:bold; mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6LastCol {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:last-column; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-border-top:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-top-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-border-bottom:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; mso-ansi-font-weight:bold; mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6OddColumn {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:odd-column; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-shading:#F7CBC7; mso-tstyle-shading-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-shading-themetint:63;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6OddRow {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:odd-row; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-shading:#F7CBC7; mso-tstyle-shading-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-shading-themetint:63;} Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0in; mso-para-margin-right:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:12.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0in; line-height:12.0pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:"Arial","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Arial; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi-font-family:Arial; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6 {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:1; mso-tstyle-colband-size:1; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; border-top:solid #E0301E 1.0pt; mso-border-top-themecolor:accent6; border-left:none; border-bottom:solid #E0301E 1.0pt; mso-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; border-right:none; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:10.0pt; font-family:"Georgia","serif"; color:black; mso-themecolor:text1; mso-ansi-language:EN-GB;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6FirstRow {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:first-row; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-border-top:cell-none; mso-tstyle-border-bottom:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; font-family:"Arial Narrow","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Georgia; mso-ascii-theme-font:major-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:major-fareast; mso-hansi-font-family:Georgia; mso-hansi-theme-font:major-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:major-bidi;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6LastRow {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:last-row; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-border-top:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-top-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-border-bottom:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; color:#968C6D; mso-themecolor:text2; mso-ansi-font-weight:bold; mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6FirstCol {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:first-column; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-ansi-font-weight:bold; mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6LastCol {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:last-column; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-border-top:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-top-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-border-bottom:1.0pt solid #E0301E; mso-tstyle-border-bottom-themecolor:accent6; mso-ansi-font-weight:bold; mso-bidi-font-weight:bold;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6OddColumn {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:odd-column; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-shading:#F7CBC7; mso-tstyle-shading-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-shading-themetint:63;} table.MsoTableMediumList1Accent6OddRow {mso-style-name:"Medium List 1 - Accent 6"; mso-table-condition:odd-row; mso-style-priority:65; mso-style-unhide:no; mso-tstyle-shading:#F7CBC7; mso-tstyle-shading-themecolor:accent6; mso-tstyle-shading-themetint:63;} It is generally accepted among business communities that technology by itself is not a silver bullet to all problems, but when it is combined with leading practices, strategy, careful planning and execution, it can create a recipe for success. This post attempts to highlight some of the best practices along with dos & don’ts that our practice has accumulated over the years in the identity & access management space in general, and also in the context of R2, in particular. Best Practices The following section illustrates the leading practices in “How” to plan, implement and sustain a successful OIM deployment, based on our collective experience. Planning is critical, but often overlooked A common approach to planning an IAM program that we identify with our clients is the three step process involving a current state assessment, a future state roadmap and an executable strategy to get there. It is extremely beneficial for clients to assess their current IAM state, perform gap analysis, document the recommended controls to address the gaps, align future state roadmap to business initiatives and get buy in from all stakeholders involved to improve the chances of success. When designing an enterprise-wide solution, the scalability of the technology must accommodate the future growth of the enterprise and the projected identity transactions over several years. Aligning the implementation schedule of OIM to related information technology projects increases the chances of success. As a baseline, it is recommended to match hardware specifications to the sizing guide for R2 published by Oracle. Adherence to this will help ensure that the hardware used to support OIM will not become a bottleneck as the adoption of new services increases. If your Organization has numerous connected applications that rely on reconciliation to synchronize the access data into OIM, consider hosting dedicated instances to handle reconciliation. Finally, ensure the use of clustered environment for development and have at least three total environments to help facilitate a controlled migration to production. If your Organization is planning to implement role based access control, we recommend performing a role mining exercise and consolidate your enterprise roles to keep them manageable. In addition, many Organizations have multiple approval flows to control access to critical roles, applications and entitlements. If your Organization falls into this category, we highly recommend that you limit the number of approval workflows to a small set. Most Organizations have operations managed across data centers with backend database synchronization, if your Organization falls into this category, ensure that the overall latency between the datacenters when replicating the databases is less than ten milliseconds to ensure that there are no front office performance impacts. Ingredients for a successful implementation During the development phase of your project, there are a number of guidelines that can be followed to help increase the chances for success. Most implementations cannot be completed without the use of customizations. If your implementation requires this, it’s a good practice to perform code reviews to help ensure quality and reduce code bottlenecks related to performance. We have observed at our clients that the development process works best when team members adhere to coding leading practices. Plan for time to correct coding defects and ensure developers are empowered to report their own bugs for maximum transparency. Many organizations struggle with defining a consistent approach to managing logs. This is particularly important due to the amount of information that can be logged by OIM. We recommend Oracle Diagnostics Logging (ODL) as an alternative to be used for logging. ODL allows log files to be formatted in XML for easy parsing and does not require a server restart when the log levels are changed during troubleshooting. Testing is a vital part of any large project, and an OIM R2 implementation is no exception. We suggest that at least one lower environment should use production-like data and connectors. Configurations should match as closely as possible. For example, use secure channels between OIM and target platforms in pre-production environments to test the configurations, the migration processes of certificates, and the additional overhead that encryption could impose. Finally, we ask our clients to perform database backups regularly and before any major change event, such as a patch or migration between environments. In the lowest environments, we recommend to have at least a weekly backup in order to prevent significant loss of time and effort. Similarly, if your organization is using virtual machines for one or more of the environments, it is recommended to take frequent snapshots so that rollbacks can occur in the event of improper configuration. Operate & sustain the solution to derive maximum benefits When migrating OIM R2 to production, it is important to perform certain activities that will help achieve a smoother transition. At our clients, we have seen that splitting the OIM tables into their own tablespaces by categories (physical tables, indexes, etc.) can help manage database growth effectively. If we notice that a client hasn’t enabled the Oracle-recommended indexing in the applicable database, we strongly suggest doing so to improve performance. Additionally, we work with our clients to make sure that the audit level is set to fit the organization’s auditing needs and sometimes even allocate UPA tables and indexes into their own table-space for better maintenance. Finally, many of our clients have set up schedules for reconciliation tables to be archived at regular intervals in order to keep the size of the database(s) reasonable and result in optimal database performance. For our clients that anticipate availability issues with target applications, we strongly encourage the use of the offline provisioning capabilities of OIM R2. This reduces the provisioning process for a given target application dependency on target availability and help avoid broken workflows. To account for this and other abnormalities, we also advocate that OIM’s monitoring controls be configured to alert administrators on any abnormal situations. Within OIM R2, we have begun advising our clients to utilize the ‘profile’ feature to encapsulate multiple commonly requested accounts, roles, and/or entitlements into a single item. By setting up a number of profiles that can be searched for and used, users will spend less time performing the same exact steps for common tasks. We advise our clients to follow the Oracle recommended guides for database and application server tuning which provides a good baseline configuration. It offers guidance on database connection pools, connection timeouts, user interface threads and proper handling of adapters/plug-ins. All of these can be important configurations that will allow faster provisioning and web page response times. Many of our clients have begun to recognize the value of data mining and a remediation process during the initial phases of an implementation (to help ensure high quality data gets loaded) and beyond (to support ongoing maintenance and business-as-usual processes). A successful program always begins with identifying the data elements and assigning a classification level based on criticality, risk, and availability. It should finish by following through with a remediation process. Dos & Don’ts Here are the most common dos and don'ts that we socialize with our clients, derived from our experience implementing the solution. Dos Don’ts Scope the project into phases with realistic goals. Look for quick wins to show success and value to the stake holders. Avoid “boiling the ocean” and trying to integrate all enterprise applications in the first phase. Establish an enterprise ID (universal unique ID across the enterprise) earlier in the program. Avoid major UI customizations that require code changes. Have a plan in place to patch during the project, which helps alleviate any major issues or roadblocks (product and database). Avoid publishing all the target entitlements if you don't anticipate their usage during access request. Assess your current state and prepare a roadmap to address your operations, tactical and strategic goals, align it with your business priorities. Avoid integrating non-production environments with your production target systems. Defer complex integrations to the later phases and take advantage of lessons learned from previous phases Avoid creating multiple accounts for the same user on the same system, if there is an opportunity to do so. Have an identity and access data quality initiative built into your plan to identify and remediate data related issues early on. Avoid creating complex approval workflows that would negative impact productivity and SLAs. Identify the owner of the identity systems with fair IdM knowledge and empower them with authority to make product related decisions. This will help ensure overcome any design hurdles. Avoid creating complex designs that are not sustainable long term and would need major overhaul during upgrades. Shadow your internal or external consulting resources during the implementation to build the necessary product skills needed to operate and sustain the solution. Avoid treating IAM as a point solution and have appropriate level of communication and training plan for the IT and business users alike. Conclusion In our experience, Identity programs will struggle with scope, proper resourcing, and more. We suggest that companies consider the suggestions discussed in this post and leverage them to help enable their identity and access program. This concludes PwC blog series on R2 for the month and we sincerely hope that the information we have shared thus far has been beneficial. For more information or if you have questions, you can reach out to Rex Thexton, Senior Managing Director, PwC and or Dharma Padala, Director, PwC. We look forward to hearing from you. Normal 0 false false false EN-US X-NONE X-NONE /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Table Normal"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-priority:99; mso-style-qformat:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0in 5.4pt 0in 5.4pt; mso-para-margin-top:0in; mso-para-margin-right:0in; mso-para-margin-bottom:12.0pt; mso-para-margin-left:0in; line-height:12.0pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:11.0pt; font-family:"Arial","sans-serif"; mso-ascii-font-family:Arial; mso-ascii-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-fareast-theme-font:minor-fareast; mso-hansi-font-family:Arial; mso-hansi-theme-font:minor-latin; mso-bidi-font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-bidi-theme-font:minor-bidi;} Meet the Writers: Dharma Padala is a Director in the Advisory Security practice within PwC.  He has been implementing medium to large scale Identity Management solutions across multiple industries including utility, health care, entertainment, retail and financial sectors.   Dharma has 14 years of experience in delivering IT solutions out of which he has been implementing Identity Management solutions for the past 8 years. Praveen Krishna is a Manager in the Advisory Security practice within PwC.  Over the last decade Praveen has helped clients plan, architect and implement Oracle identity solutions across diverse industries.  His experience includes delivering security across diverse topics like network, infrastructure, application and data where he brings a holistic point of view to problem solving. Scott MacDonald is a Director in the Advisory Security practice within PwC.  He has consulted for several clients across multiple industries including financial services, health care, automotive and retail.   Scott has 10 years of experience in delivering Identity Management solutions. John Misczak is a member of the Advisory Security practice within PwC.  He has experience implementing multiple Identity and Access Management solutions, specializing in Oracle Identity Manager and Business Process Engineering Language (BPEL).

    Read the article

  • Remove redundant xml namespaces from soapenv:Body

    - by drachenstern
    If you can tell me the magic google term that instantly gives me clarification, that would be helpful. Here's the part that's throwing an issue when I try to manually deserialize from a string: xsi:type="ns1:errorObject" xmlns:ns1="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0" xsi:type="ns2:errorObject" xmlns:ns2="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0" xsi:type="ns3:errorObject" xmlns:ns3="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0" Here's how I'm deserializing by hand to test it: (in an aspx.cs page with a label on the front to display the value in that I can verify by reading source) (second block of XML duplicates the first but without the extra namespaces) using System; using System.IO; using System.Text; using System.Xml; using System.Xml.Serialization; public partial class test : System.Web.UI.Page { protected void Page_Load(object sender, EventArgs e) { string sourceXml = @"<?xml version=""1.0""?> <InitiateActivityResponse xmlns=""http://www.example.org/Version_3.0""> <InitiateActivityResult> <errorObject errorString=""string 1"" eventTime=""2010-05-21T21:19:15.775Z"" nounType=""Object"" objectID=""object1"" xsi:type=""ns1:errorObject"" xmlns:ns1=""http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"" /> <errorObject errorString=""string 2"" eventTime=""2010-05-21T21:19:15.791Z"" nounType=""Object"" objectID=""object2"" xsi:type=""ns2:errorObject"" xmlns:ns2=""http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"" /> <errorObject errorString=""string 3"" eventTime=""2010-05-21T21:19:15.806Z"" nounType=""Object"" objectID=""object3"" xsi:type=""ns3:errorObject"" xmlns:ns3=""http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"" /> </InitiateActivityResult> </InitiateActivityResponse> "; sourceXml = @"<?xml version=""1.0""?> <InitiateActivityResponse xmlns=""http://www.example.org/Version_3.0""> <InitiateActivityResult> <errorObject errorString=""string 1"" eventTime=""2010-05-21T21:19:15.775Z"" nounType=""Object"" objectID=""object1"" /> <errorObject errorString=""string 2"" eventTime=""2010-05-21T21:19:15.791Z"" nounType=""Object"" objectID=""object2"" /> <errorObject errorString=""string 3"" eventTime=""2010-05-21T21:19:15.806Z"" nounType=""Object"" objectID=""object3"" /> </InitiateActivityResult> </InitiateActivityResponse> "; InitiateActivityResponse fragment = new InitiateActivityResponse(); Type t = typeof( InitiateActivityResponse ); StringBuilder sb = new StringBuilder(); TextWriter textWriter = new StringWriter( sb ); TextReader textReader = new StringReader( sourceXml ); XmlTextReader xmlTextReader = new XmlTextReader( textReader ); XmlSerializer xmlSerializer = new XmlSerializer( t ); object obj = xmlSerializer.Deserialize( xmlTextReader ); fragment = (InitiateActivityResponse)obj; xmlSerializer.Serialize( textWriter, fragment ); //I have a field on my public page that I write to from sb.ToString(); } } Consuming a webservice, I have a class like thus: (all examples foreshortened to as little as possible to show the problem, if boilerplate is missing, my apologies) (this is where I think I want to remove the troublespot) [System.Diagnostics.DebuggerStepThroughAttribute()] [System.ComponentModel.DesignerCategoryAttribute( "code" )] [System.Web.Services.WebServiceBindingAttribute( Name = "MyServerSoapSoapBinding", Namespace = "http://www.example.org/Version_3.0" )] public partial class MyServer : System.Web.Services.Protocols.SoapHttpClientProtocol { public MsgHeader msgHeader { get; set; } public MyServer () { this.Url = "localAddressOmittedOnPurpose"; } [System.Web.Services.Protocols.SoapHeaderAttribute( "msgHeader" )] [System.Web.Services.Protocols.SoapDocumentMethodAttribute( "http://www.example.org/Version_3.0/InitiateActivity", RequestNamespace = "http://www.example.org/Version_3.0", ResponseNamespace = "http://www.example.org/Version_3.0", Use = System.Web.Services.Description.SoapBindingUse.Literal, ParameterStyle = System.Web.Services.Protocols.SoapParameterStyle.Wrapped )] [return: System.Xml.Serialization.XmlElementAttribute( "InitiateActivityResponse" )] public InitiateActivityResponse InitiateActivity(string inputVar) { object[] results = Invoke( "InitiateActivity", new object[] { inputVar } ); return ( (InitiateActivityResponse)( results[0] ) ); } } Class descriptions [System.SerializableAttribute] [System.Diagnostics.DebuggerStepThroughAttribute] [System.ComponentModel.DesignerCategoryAttribute( "code" )] [XmlType( Namespace = "http://www.example.org/Version_3.0", TypeName = "InitiateActivityResponse" )] [XmlRoot( Namespace = "http://www.example.org/Version_3.0" )] public class InitiateActivityResponse { [XmlArray( ElementName = "InitiateActivityResult", IsNullable = true )] [XmlArrayItem( ElementName = "errorObject", IsNullable = false )] public errorObject[] errorObject { get; set; } } [System.SerializableAttribute] [System.Diagnostics.DebuggerStepThroughAttribute] [System.ComponentModel.DesignerCategoryAttribute( "code" )] [XmlTypeAttribute( Namespace = "http://www.example.org/Version_3.0" )] public class errorObject { private string _errorString; private System.DateTime _eventTime; private bool _eventTimeSpecified; private string _nounType; private string _objectID; [XmlAttributeAttribute] public string errorString { get { return _errorString; } set { _errorString = value; } } [XmlAttributeAttribute] public System.DateTime eventTime { get { return _eventTime; } set { _eventTime = value; } } [XmlIgnoreAttribute] public bool eventTimeSpecified { get { return _eventTimeSpecified; } set { _eventTimeSpecified = value; } } [XmlAttributeAttribute] public string nounType { get { return _nounType; } set { _nounType = value; } } [XmlAttributeAttribute] public string objectID { get { return _objectID; } set { _objectID = value; } } } SOAP as it's being received (as seen by Fiddler2) <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <soapenv:Envelope xmlns:soapenv="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"> <soapenv:Header> <MsgHeader soapenv:actor="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/actor/next" soapenv:mustUnderstand="0" AppName="AppName" AppVersion="1.0" Company="Company" Pwd="" UserID="" xmlns="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"/> </soapenv:Header> <soapenv:Body> <InitiateActivityResponse xmlns="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"> <InitiateActivityResult> <errorObject errorString="Explanatory string for request 1" eventTime="2010-05-24T21:21:37.477Z" nounType="Object" objectID="12345" xsi:type="ns1:errorObject" xmlns:ns1="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"/> <errorObject errorString="Explanatory string for request 2" eventTime="2010-05-24T21:21:37.493Z" nounType="Object" objectID="45678" xsi:type="ns2:errorObject" xmlns:ns2="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"/> <errorObject errorString="Explanatory string for request 3" eventTime="2010-05-24T21:21:37.508Z" nounType="Object" objectID="98765" xsi:type="ns3:errorObject" xmlns:ns3="http://www.example.org/Version_3.0"/> </InitiateActivityResult> </InitiateActivityResponse> </soapenv:Body> </soapenv:Envelope> Okay, what should I have not omitted? No I won't post the WSDL, it's hosted behind a firewall, for a vertical stack product. No, I can't change the data sender. Is this somehow automagically handled elsewhere and I just don't know what I don't know? I think I want to do some sort of message sink leading into this method, to intercept the soapenv:Body, but obviously this is for errors, so I'm not going to get errors every time. I'm not entirely sure how to handle this, but some pointers would be nice.

    Read the article

  • Class member functions instantiated by traits [policies, actually]

    - by Jive Dadson
    I am reluctant to say I can't figure this out, but I can't figure this out. I've googled and searched Stack Overflow, and come up empty. The abstract, and possibly overly vague form of the question is, how can I use the traits-pattern to instantiate member functions? [Update: I used the wrong term here. It should be "policies" rather than "traits." Traits describe existing classes. Policies prescribe synthetic classes.] The question came up while modernizing a set of multivariate function optimizers that I wrote more than 10 years ago. The optimizers all operate by selecting a straight-line path through the parameter space away from the current best point (the "update"), then finding a better point on that line (the "line search"), then testing for the "done" condition, and if not done, iterating. There are different methods for doing the update, the line-search, and conceivably for the done test, and other things. Mix and match. Different update formulae require different state-variable data. For example, the LMQN update requires a vector, and the BFGS update requires a matrix. If evaluating gradients is cheap, the line-search should do so. If not, it should use function evaluations only. Some methods require more accurate line-searches than others. Those are just some examples. The original version instantiates several of the combinations by means of virtual functions. Some traits are selected by setting mode bits that are tested at runtime. Yuck. It would be trivial to define the traits with #define's and the member functions with #ifdef's and macros. But that's so twenty years ago. It bugs me that I cannot figure out a whiz-bang modern way. If there were only one trait that varied, I could use the curiously recurring template pattern. But I see no way to extend that to arbitrary combinations of traits. I tried doing it using boost::enable_if, etc.. The specialized state information was easy. I managed to get the functions done, but only by resorting to non-friend external functions that have the this-pointer as a parameter. I never even figured out how to make the functions friends, much less member functions. The compiler (VC++ 2008) always complained that things didn't match. I would yell, "SFINAE, you moron!" but the moron is probably me. Perhaps tag-dispatch is the key. I haven't gotten very deeply into that. Surely it's possible, right? If so, what is best practice? UPDATE: Here's another try at explaining it. I want the user to be able to fill out an order (manifest) for a custom optimizer, something like ordering off of a Chinese menu - one from column A, one from column B, etc.. Waiter, from column A (updaters), I'll have the BFGS update with Cholesky-decompositon sauce. From column B (line-searchers), I'll have the cubic interpolation line-search with an eta of 0.4 and a rho of 1e-4, please. Etc... UPDATE: Okay, okay. Here's the playing-around that I've done. I offer it reluctantly, because I suspect it's a completely wrong-headed approach. It runs okay under vc++ 2008. #include <boost/utility.hpp> #include <boost/type_traits/integral_constant.hpp> namespace dj { struct CBFGS { void bar() {printf("CBFGS::bar %d\n", data);} CBFGS(): data(1234){} int data; }; template<class T> struct is_CBFGS: boost::false_type{}; template<> struct is_CBFGS<CBFGS>: boost::true_type{}; struct LMQN {LMQN(): data(54.321){} void bar() {printf("LMQN::bar %lf\n", data);} double data; }; template<class T> struct is_LMQN: boost::false_type{}; template<> struct is_LMQN<LMQN> : boost::true_type{}; // "Order form" struct default_optimizer_traits { typedef CBFGS update_type; // Selection from column A - updaters }; template<class traits> class Optimizer; template<class traits> void foo(typename boost::enable_if<is_LMQN<typename traits::update_type>, Optimizer<traits> >::type& self) { printf(" LMQN %lf\n", self.data); } template<class traits> void foo(typename boost::enable_if<is_CBFGS<typename traits::update_type>, Optimizer<traits> >::type& self) { printf("CBFGS %d\n", self.data); } template<class traits = default_optimizer_traits> class Optimizer{ friend typename traits::update_type; //friend void dj::foo<traits>(typename Optimizer<traits> & self); // How? public: //void foo(void); // How??? void foo() { dj::foo<traits>(*this); } void bar() { data.bar(); } //protected: // How? typedef typename traits::update_type update_type; update_type data; }; } // namespace dj int main() { dj::Optimizer<> opt; opt.foo(); opt.bar(); std::getchar(); return 0; }

    Read the article

  • Null-free "maps": Is a callback solution slower than tryGet()?

    - by David Moles
    In comments to "How to implement List, Set, and Map in null free design?", Steven Sudit and I got into a discussion about using a callback, with handlers for "found" and "not found" situations, vs. a tryGet() method, taking an out parameter and returning a boolean indicating whether the out parameter had been populated. Steven maintained that the callback approach was more complex and almost certain to be slower; I maintained that the complexity was no greater and the performance at worst the same. But code speaks louder than words, so I thought I'd implement both and see what I got. The original question was fairly theoretical with regard to language ("And for argument sake, let's say this language don't even have null") -- I've used Java here because that's what I've got handy. Java doesn't have out parameters, but it doesn't have first-class functions either, so style-wise, it should suck equally for both approaches. (Digression: As far as complexity goes: I like the callback design because it inherently forces the user of the API to handle both cases, whereas the tryGet() design requires callers to perform their own boilerplate conditional check, which they could forget or get wrong. But having now implemented both, I can see why the tryGet() design looks simpler, at least in the short term.) First, the callback example: class CallbackMap<K, V> { private final Map<K, V> backingMap; public CallbackMap(Map<K, V> backingMap) { this.backingMap = backingMap; } void lookup(K key, Callback<K, V> handler) { V val = backingMap.get(key); if (val == null) { handler.handleMissing(key); } else { handler.handleFound(key, val); } } } interface Callback<K, V> { void handleFound(K key, V value); void handleMissing(K key); } class CallbackExample { private final Map<String, String> map; private final List<String> found; private final List<String> missing; private Callback<String, String> handler; public CallbackExample(Map<String, String> map) { this.map = map; found = new ArrayList<String>(map.size()); missing = new ArrayList<String>(map.size()); handler = new Callback<String, String>() { public void handleFound(String key, String value) { found.add(key + ": " + value); } public void handleMissing(String key) { missing.add(key); } }; } void test() { CallbackMap<String, String> cbMap = new CallbackMap<String, String>(map); for (int i = 0, count = map.size(); i < count; i++) { String key = "key" + i; cbMap.lookup(key, handler); } System.out.println(found.size() + " found"); System.out.println(missing.size() + " missing"); } } Now, the tryGet() example -- as best I understand the pattern (and I might well be wrong): class TryGetMap<K, V> { private final Map<K, V> backingMap; public TryGetMap(Map<K, V> backingMap) { this.backingMap = backingMap; } boolean tryGet(K key, OutParameter<V> valueParam) { V val = backingMap.get(key); if (val == null) { return false; } valueParam.value = val; return true; } } class OutParameter<V> { V value; } class TryGetExample { private final Map<String, String> map; private final List<String> found; private final List<String> missing; public TryGetExample(Map<String, String> map) { this.map = map; found = new ArrayList<String>(map.size()); missing = new ArrayList<String>(map.size()); } void test() { TryGetMap<String, String> tgMap = new TryGetMap<String, String>(map); for (int i = 0, count = map.size(); i < count; i++) { String key = "key" + i; OutParameter<String> out = new OutParameter<String>(); if (tgMap.tryGet(key, out)) { found.add(key + ": " + out.value); } else { missing.add(key); } } System.out.println(found.size() + " found"); System.out.println(missing.size() + " missing"); } } And finally, the performance test code: public static void main(String[] args) { int size = 200000; Map<String, String> map = new HashMap<String, String>(); for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) { String val = (i % 5 == 0) ? null : "value" + i; map.put("key" + i, val); } long totalCallback = 0; long totalTryGet = 0; int iterations = 20; for (int i = 0; i < iterations; i++) { { TryGetExample tryGet = new TryGetExample(map); long tryGetStart = System.currentTimeMillis(); tryGet.test(); totalTryGet += (System.currentTimeMillis() - tryGetStart); } System.gc(); { CallbackExample callback = new CallbackExample(map); long callbackStart = System.currentTimeMillis(); callback.test(); totalCallback += (System.currentTimeMillis() - callbackStart); } System.gc(); } System.out.println("Avg. callback: " + (totalCallback / iterations)); System.out.println("Avg. tryGet(): " + (totalTryGet / iterations)); } On my first attempt, I got 50% worse performance for callback than for tryGet(), which really surprised me. But, on a hunch, I added some garbage collection, and the performance penalty vanished. This fits with my instinct, which is that we're basically talking about taking the same number of method calls, conditional checks, etc. and rearranging them. But then, I wrote the code, so I might well have written a suboptimal or subconsicously penalized tryGet() implementation. Thoughts?

    Read the article

  • Java: Cannot find a method's symbol even though that method is declared later in the class. The remaining code is looking for a class.

    - by Midimistro
    This is an assignment that we use strings in Java to analyze a phone number. The error I am having is anything below tester=invalidCharacters(c); does not compile because every line past tester=invalidCharacters(c); is looking for a symbol or the class. In get invalidResults, all I am trying to do is evaluate a given string for non-alphabetical characters such as *,(,^,&,%,@,#,), and so on. What to answer: Why is it producing an error, what will work, and is there an easier method WITHOUT using regex. Here is the link to the assignment: http://cis.csuohio.edu/~hwang/teaching/cis260/assignments/assignment9.html public class PhoneNumber { private int areacode; private int number; private int ext; /////Constructors///// //Third Constructor (given one string arg) "xxx-xxxxxxx" where first three are numbers and the remaining (7) are numbers or letters public PhoneNumber(String newNumber){ //Note: Set default ext to 0 ext=0; ////Declare Temporary Storage and other variables//// //for the first three numbers String areaCodeString; //for the remaining seven characters String newNumberString; //For use in testing the second half of the string boolean containsLetters; boolean containsInvalid; /////Separate the two parts of string///// //Get the area code part of the string areaCodeString=newNumber.substring(0,2); //Convert the string and set it to the area code areacode=Integer.parseInt(areaCodeString); //Skip the "-" and Get the remaining part of the string newNumberString=newNumber.substring(4); //Create an array of characters from newNumberString to reuse in later methods for int length=newNumberString.length(); char [] myCharacters= new char [length]; int i; for (i=0;i<length;i++){ myCharacters [i]=newNumberString.charAt(i); } //Test if newNumberString contains letters & converting them into numbers String reNewNumber=""; //Test for invalid characters containsInvalid=getInvalidResults(newNumberString,length); if (containsInvalid==false){ containsLetters=getCharResults(newNumberString,length); if (containsLetters==true){ for (i=0;i<length;i++){ myCharacters [i]=(char)convertLetNum((myCharacters [i])); reNewNumber=reNewNumber+myCharacters[i]; } } } if (containsInvalid==false){ number=Integer.parseInt(reNewNumber); } else{ System.out.println("Error!"+"\t"+newNumber+" contains illegal characters. This number will be ignored and skipped."); } } //////Primary Methods/Behaviors/////// //Compare this phone number with the one passed by the caller public boolean equals(PhoneNumber pn){ boolean equal; String concat=(areacode+"-"+number); String pN=pn.toString(); if (concat==pN){ equal=true; } else{ equal=false; } return equal; } //Convert the stored number to a certain string depending on extension public String toString(){ String returned; if(ext==0){ returned=(areacode+"-"+number); } else{ returned=(areacode+"-"+number+" ext "+ext); } return returned; } //////Secondary Methods/////// //Method for testing if the second part of the string contains any letters public static boolean getCharResults(String newNumString,int getLength){ //Recreate a character array int i; char [] myCharacters= new char [getLength]; for (i=0;i<getLength;i++){ myCharacters [i]=newNumString.charAt(i); } boolean doesContainLetter=false; int j; for (j=0;j<getLength;j++){ if ((Character.isDigit(myCharacters[j])==true)){ doesContainLetter=false; } else{ doesContainLetter=true; return doesContainLetter; } } return doesContainLetter; } //Method for testing if the second part of the string contains any letters public static boolean getInvalidResults(String newNumString,int getLength){ boolean doesContainInvalid=false; int i; char c; boolean tester; char [] invalidCharacters= new char [getLength]; for (i=0;i<getLength;i++){ invalidCharacters [i]=newNumString.charAt(i); c=invalidCharacters [i]; tester=invalidCharacters(c); if(tester==true)){ doesContainInvalid=false; } else{ doesContainInvalid=true; return doesContainInvalid; } } return doesContainInvalid; } //Method for evaluating string for invalid characters public boolean invalidCharacters(char letter){ boolean returnNum=false; switch (letter){ case 'A': return returnNum; case 'B': return returnNum; case 'C': return returnNum; case 'D': return returnNum; case 'E': return returnNum; case 'F': return returnNum; case 'G': return returnNum; case 'H': return returnNum; case 'I': return returnNum; case 'J': return returnNum; case 'K': return returnNum; case 'L': return returnNum; case 'M': return returnNum; case 'N': return returnNum; case 'O': return returnNum; case 'P': return returnNum; case 'Q': return returnNum; case 'R': return returnNum; case 'S': return returnNum; case 'T': return returnNum; case 'U': return returnNum; case 'V': return returnNum; case 'W': return returnNum; case 'X': return returnNum; case 'Y': return returnNum; case 'Z': return returnNum; default: return true; } } //Method for converting letters to numbers public int convertLetNum(char letter){ int returnNum; switch (letter){ case 'A': returnNum=2;return returnNum; case 'B': returnNum=2;return returnNum; case 'C': returnNum=2;return returnNum; case 'D': returnNum=3;return returnNum; case 'E': returnNum=3;return returnNum; case 'F': returnNum=3;return returnNum; case 'G': returnNum=4;return returnNum; case 'H': returnNum=4;return returnNum; case 'I': returnNum=4;return returnNum; case 'J': returnNum=5;return returnNum; case 'K': returnNum=5;return returnNum; case 'L': returnNum=5;return returnNum; case 'M': returnNum=6;return returnNum; case 'N': returnNum=6;return returnNum; case 'O': returnNum=6;return returnNum; case 'P': returnNum=7;return returnNum; case 'Q': returnNum=7;return returnNum; case 'R': returnNum=7;return returnNum; case 'S': returnNum=7;return returnNum; case 'T': returnNum=8;return returnNum; case 'U': returnNum=8;return returnNum; case 'V': returnNum=8;return returnNum; case 'W': returnNum=9;return returnNum; case 'X': returnNum=9;return returnNum; case 'Y': returnNum=9;return returnNum; case 'Z': returnNum=9;return returnNum; default: return 0; } } } Note: Please Do not use this program to cheat in your own class. To ensure of this, I will take this question down if it has not been answered by the end of 2013, if I no longer need an explanation for it, or if the term for the class has ended.

    Read the article

  • Why is Windows Update trying to install an update I don't need?

    - by Oliver Salzburg
    I have a Windows 7 system that currently has a single update pending: Windows Internet Explorer 9 for Windows 7 for x64-based Systems If I try to install the update, Windows Update will: Create a restore point Fail with the error: Code 9C48 Windows Update encountered an error. The event log for the event reads: Installation Failure: Windows failed to install the following update with error 0x80070643: Windows Internet Explorer 9 for Windows 7 for x64-based Systems. If you search the web for that error, there are many other people with the exact same issue. Sadly, I am unable to apply the proposed solutions to my case, because I just installed this system. There is nothing on it, except Windows 7. I installed the system and ran through the updates. I also did the exact same process with this machine several times over the past few days due to a long-term test we just started. I didn't have any problems with any Windows Update on the previous installation runs and I know I didn't do anything different this time because I followed the installation procedures instructions which are to be used during the test. How did this happen and how do I solve it? Further Investigation So, as I always like to do, I ran the update again while running Process Monitor and dug up further details. WindowsUpdate.log First of all, there is a Windows Update log file located at C:\Windows\WindowsUpdate.log which I didn't know about. But I fail to see any significant entry in it, maybe you're more lucky: 2012-04-10 22:46:58:017 956 728 AU AU received approval from Ux for 1 updates 2012-04-10 22:46:58:017 956 728 AU AU setting pending client directive to 'Progress Ux' 2012-04-10 22:46:58:095 956 728 AU BeginInteractiveInstall invoked for Download 2012-04-10 22:46:58:095 956 728 AU Auto-approving update for download, updateId = {B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9}.100, ForUx=1, IsOwnerUx=1, HasDeadline=0, IsMinor=0 2012-04-10 22:46:58:095 956 728 AU Auto-approved 1 update(s) for download (for Ux) 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU UpdateDownloadProperties: 0 download(s) are still in progress. 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU ############# 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU ## START ## AU: Download updates 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU ######### 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU # Approved updates = 1 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU AU initiated download, updateId = {B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9}.100, callId = {35DF928B-B428-4BAC-8C63-55295967EFBB} 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU Setting AU scheduled install time to 2012-04-11 01:00:00 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU Currently showing Progress UX client - so not launching any other client 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 DnldMgr ************* 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 DnldMgr ** START ** DnldMgr: Downloading updates [CallerId = AutomaticUpdatesWuApp] 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 DnldMgr ********* 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 DnldMgr * Call ID = {35DF928B-B428-4BAC-8C63-55295967EFBB} 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 DnldMgr * Priority = 3, Interactive = 1, Owner is system = 0, Explicit proxy = 0, Proxy session id = 1, ServiceId = {9482F4B4-E343-43B6-B170-9A65BC822C77} 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 DnldMgr * Updates to download = 1 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 Agent * Title = Windows Internet Explorer 9 for Windows 7 for x64-based Systems 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 Agent * UpdateId = {B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9}.100 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 Agent * Bundles 1 updates: 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 Agent * {6D9A90B7-FAF9-4A47-9EFE-A506264873B3}.100 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 bb8 DnldMgr *********** DnldMgr: New download job [UpdateId = {6D9A90B7-FAF9-4A47-9EFE-A506264873B3}.100] *********** 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU # Pending download calls = 1 2012-04-10 22:46:58:110 956 728 AU ## RESUMED ## AU: Download update [UpdateId = {B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9}, succeeded] 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 bb8 Agent ** END ** Agent: Downloading updates [CallerId = AutomaticUpdatesWuApp] 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 bb8 Agent ************* 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 718 AU ######### 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 718 AU ## END ## AU: Download updates 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 718 AU ############# 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 718 AU Setting AU scheduled install time to 2012-04-11 01:00:00 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 718 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 718 AU Currently showing Progress UX client - so not launching any other client 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 718 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 aac AU Getting featured update notifications. fIncludeDismissed = true 2012-04-10 22:46:58:313 956 aac AU No featured updates available. 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU BeginInteractiveInstall invoked for Install 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU Auto-approving update for install, updateId = {B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9}.100, ForUx=1, IsOwnerUx=1, HasDeadline=0, IsMinor=0 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU Auto-approved 1 update(s) for install (for Ux), installType=1 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU ############# 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU ## START ## AU: Install updates 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU ######### 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU # Initiating manual install 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU # Approved updates = 1 2012-04-10 22:47:00:107 956 aac AU ## RESUMED ## AU: Installing update [UpdateId = {B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9}] 2012-04-10 22:47:13:773 2232 9fc Handler : WARNING: Exit code = 0x8024200B 2012-04-10 22:47:13:773 956 718 AU # WARNING: Install failed, error = 0x80070643 / 0x00009C48 2012-04-10 22:47:13:773 2232 9fc Handler ::::::::: 2012-04-10 22:47:13:773 2232 9fc Handler :: END :: Handler: Command Line Install 2012-04-10 22:47:13:773 2232 9fc Handler ::::::::::::: 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 a7c Agent ********* 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 a7c Agent ** END ** Agent: Installing updates [CallerId = AutomaticUpdates] 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU Install call completed. 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 a7c Agent ************* 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU # WARNING: Install call completed, reboot required = No, error = 0x00000000 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU ######### 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU ## END ## AU: Installing updates [CallId = {FCFF2A5C-25AB-4FB9-AB2B-35C65CCA6A9F}] 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU ############# 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU Install complete for all calls, reboot NOT needed 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU Setting AU scheduled install time to 2012-04-11 01:00:00 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 718 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 498 AU Getting featured update notifications. fIncludeDismissed = true 2012-04-10 22:47:13:851 956 498 AU No featured updates available. 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 168 AU No featured updates notifications to show 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 168 AU UpdateDownloadProperties: 0 download(s) are still in progress. 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 168 AU Triggering Offline detection (non-interactive) 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 168 AU AU setting pending client directive to 'Install Complete Ux' 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 168 AU Changing existing AU client directive from 'Progress Ux' to 'Install Complete Ux', session id = 0x1 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 168 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 b78 AU ############# 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 b78 AU ## START ## AU: Search for updates 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 b78 AU ######### 2012-04-10 22:47:14:366 956 b78 AU ## RESUMED ## AU: Search for updates [CallId = {0198DD3A-D7B0-48F5-A77D-795F8A1BDCE8}] 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU # 1 updates detected 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU ######### 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU ## END ## AU: Search for updates [CallId = {0198DD3A-D7B0-48F5-A77D-795F8A1BDCE8}] 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU ############# 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU No featured updates notifications to show 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU Setting AU scheduled install time to 2012-04-11 01:00:00 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:47:16:097 956 718 AU Successfully wrote event for AU health state:0 2012-04-10 22:47:16:113 956 55c AU Getting featured update notifications. fIncludeDismissed = true 2012-04-10 22:47:16:113 956 55c AU No featured updates available. 2012-04-10 22:47:18:780 956 bb8 Report REPORT EVENT: {27479C66-E930-4F9C-AFF2-27EDD76DED8F} 2012-04-10 22:47:13:773+0200 1 182 101 {B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9} 100 80070643 AutomaticUpdates Failure Content Install Installation Failure: Windows failed to install the following update with error 0x80070643: Windows Internet Explorer 9 for Windows 7 for x64-based Systems. 2012-04-10 22:47:18:780 956 bb8 Report CWERReporter::HandleEvents - WER report upload completed with status 0x8 2012-04-10 22:47:18:780 956 bb8 Report WER Report sent: 7.5.7601.17514 0x80070643 B33ACEC1-3265-4D01-9C37-AC0892E95ED9 Install 101 Unmanaged 2012-04-10 22:47:18:780 956 bb8 Report CWERReporter finishing event handling. (00000000) WU-IE9-Windows7-x64.exe The actual update that is executed is downloaded and stored at the following location: C:\Windows\SoftwareDistribution\Download\Install\WU-IE9-Windows7-x64.exe Executing that file manually, results in the following error message: IE9_main.log The IE9 installer/updater also creates an own log file located at C:\Windows\IE9_main.log For the update session in question, the installer logged: 00:00.000: ==================================================================== 00:00.016: Started: 2012/04/10 (Y/M/D) 23:10:53.897 (local) 00:00.032: Time Format in this log: MM:ss.mmm (minutes:seconds.milliseconds) 00:00.063: Command line: "C:\Windows\SoftwareDistribution\Download\Install\WU-IE9-Windows7-x64.exe" 00:00.078: INFO: Setup installer for Internet Explorer: 9.0.8112.16421 00:00.094: INFO: Previous version of Internet Explorer: 9.0.8112.16443 00:00.110: INFO: Checking if iexplore.exe's current version is between 9.0.6001.0... 00:00.125: INFO: ...and 9.1.0.0... 00:00.141: INFO: Maximum version on which to run IEAK branding is: 9.1.0.0... 00:00.156: ERROR: A newer version of Internet Explorer is already installed on the system. 00:00.188: ERROR: Internet Explorer version check failed. 01:03.789: INFO: Setup exit code: 0x00009C48 (40008) - A more recent version of Internet Explorer is installed. 01:03.820: INFO: Scheduling upload to IE SQM server: http://sqm.microsoft.com/sqm/ie/sqmserver.dll 01:03.852: INFO: SQM Upload returned 403 01:03.867: INFO: Cleaning up temporary files in: C:\Windows\TEMP\IE978E.tmp 01:03.883: INFO: Unable to remove directory C:\Windows\TEMP\IE978E.tmp, marking for deletion on reboot. 01:03.898: INFO: Released Internet Explorer Installer Mutex Which pretty much confirms what the error message says when executing the update manually; it's simply already installed or even obsolete because a newer version is installed. So, why does it try to keep installing the update? Possible solutions? Uninstalling Windows Internet Explorer 9 and manually installing the cached C:\Windows\SoftwareDistribution\Download\Install\WU-IE9-Windows7-x64.exe will result in the same error after applying all pending updates. Applying the FixIt for the issue You receive “0x80070643” or “0x643” error codes when you try to install .NET Framework updates through Windows Update or Microsoft Updates will not resolve the issue. Applying the suggested solution for the issue Error message when you try to install updates by using the Windows Update or Microsoft Update Web site: "0x80070003" will not resolve the issue. Running the FixIt Automatically diagnose and fix common problems with Windows Update does report having resolved issues with Windows Update, but didn't resolve the issue. Running the FixIt for the issue How to troubleshoot Windows Update or Microsoft Update when you are repeatedly offered an update does not resolve the issue. Neither with normal nor with aggressive settings.

    Read the article

  • SSH login very slow on OS X Leopard

    - by acjohnson55
    My SSH sessions take a very long time to initiate. This applies for logins with and without passwords, interactive and non-interactive. I have tried setting 'GSSAPIAuthentication no' and 'IPQoS 0x00' on the client side, and 'UseDNS no' on the server side, but no dice. I'm really stumped and frustrated. The worst part is that it SFTP takes forever to establish connections too, making file transfer much longer than it would be otherwise. I thought the problem might be something with PAM, because of where the hang is in the sshd log below, so I tried commenting out each line one-by-one in the /etc/pam.d/sshd file. Some caused login to be impossible, some had no apparent effect. I can't really tell if PAM is stalling for other services, but I can say that su'ing into my account from another account with 'su -l' has no apparent delay. I tried creating a new user account, just to see if there was something wrong with my existing account, and the same problem persisted. Any ideas of what's going on? On the client side, the most verbose mode outputs (redacted where reasonable): OpenSSH_5.9p1, OpenSSL 0.9.8r 8 Feb 2011 debug1: Reading configuration data ... debug1: ... line 1: Applying options for ... debug1: Reading configuration data /etc/ssh_config debug1: /etc/ssh_config line 20: Applying options for * debug1: /etc/ssh_config line 53: Applying options for * debug2: ssh_connect: needpriv 0 debug1: Connecting to ... [x.x.x.x] port 22. debug1: Connection established. debug1: identity file /.../.ssh/id_rsa type -1 debug1: identity file /.../.ssh/id_rsa-cert type -1 debug3: Incorrect RSA1 identifier debug3: Could not load "/.../.ssh/id_dsa" as a RSA1 public key debug1: identity file /.../.ssh/id_dsa type 2 debug1: identity file /.../.ssh/id_dsa-cert type -1 debug1: Remote protocol version 2.0, remote software version OpenSSH_5.2 debug1: match: OpenSSH_5.2 pat OpenSSH* debug1: Enabling compatibility mode for protocol 2.0 debug1: Local version string SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_5.9 debug2: fd 3 setting O_NONBLOCK debug3: load_hostkeys: loading entries for host "..." from file "/.../.ssh/known_hosts" debug3: load_hostkeys: found key type RSA in file /.../.ssh/known_hosts:9 debug3: load_hostkeys: loaded 1 keys debug3: order_hostkeyalgs: prefer hostkeyalgs: [email protected],[email protected],ssh-rsa debug1: SSH2_MSG_KEXINIT sent debug1: SSH2_MSG_KEXINIT received debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1,diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: [email protected],[email protected],ssh-rsa,[email protected],[email protected],ssh-dss debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,arcfour256,arcfour128,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,arcfour,[email protected] debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,arcfour256,arcfour128,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,arcfour,[email protected] debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: hmac-md5,hmac-sha1,[email protected],hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-512-96,hmac-ripemd160,[email protected],hmac-sha1-96,hmac-md5-96 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: hmac-md5,hmac-sha1,[email protected],hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96,hmac-sha2-512,hmac-sha2-512-96,hmac-ripemd160,[email protected],hmac-sha1-96,hmac-md5-96 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: none,[email protected],zlib debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: none,[email protected],zlib debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: first_kex_follows 0 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: reserved 0 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256,diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1,diffie-hellman-group1-sha1 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: ssh-rsa,ssh-dss debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,arcfour256,arcfour128,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,arcfour,[email protected] debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr,arcfour256,arcfour128,aes128-cbc,3des-cbc,blowfish-cbc,cast128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,arcfour,[email protected] debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: hmac-md5,hmac-sha1,[email protected],hmac-ripemd160,[email protected],hmac-sha1-96,hmac-md5-96 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: hmac-md5,hmac-sha1,[email protected],hmac-ripemd160,[email protected],hmac-sha1-96,hmac-md5-96 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: none,[email protected] debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: none,[email protected] debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: first_kex_follows 0 debug2: kex_parse_kexinit: reserved 0 debug2: mac_setup: found hmac-md5 debug1: kex: server->client aes128-ctr hmac-md5 none debug2: mac_setup: found hmac-md5 debug1: kex: client->server aes128-ctr hmac-md5 none debug1: SSH2_MSG_KEX_DH_GEX_REQUEST(1024<1024<8192) sent debug1: expecting SSH2_MSG_KEX_DH_GEX_GROUP debug2: dh_gen_key: priv key bits set: 136/256 debug2: bits set: 523/1024 debug1: SSH2_MSG_KEX_DH_GEX_INIT sent debug1: expecting SSH2_MSG_KEX_DH_GEX_REPLY debug1: Server host key: RSA ... debug3: load_hostkeys: loading entries for host "..." from file "/.../.ssh/known_hosts" debug3: load_hostkeys: found key type RSA in file /.../.ssh/known_hosts:9 debug3: load_hostkeys: loaded 1 keys debug3: load_hostkeys: loading entries for host "x.x.x.x" from file "/.../.ssh/known_hosts" debug3: load_hostkeys: found key type RSA in file /.../.ssh/known_hosts:9 debug3: load_hostkeys: loaded 1 keys debug1: Host '...' is known and matches the RSA host key. debug1: Found key in /.../.ssh/known_hosts:9 debug2: bits set: 492/1024 debug1: ssh_rsa_verify: signature correct debug2: kex_derive_keys debug2: set_newkeys: mode 1 debug1: SSH2_MSG_NEWKEYS sent debug1: expecting SSH2_MSG_NEWKEYS debug2: set_newkeys: mode 0 debug1: SSH2_MSG_NEWKEYS received debug1: Roaming not allowed by server debug1: SSH2_MSG_SERVICE_REQUEST sent debug2: service_accept: ssh-userauth debug1: SSH2_MSG_SERVICE_ACCEPT received debug2: key: /.../.ssh/id_dsa (0x7f8b7b41d6c0) debug2: key: /.../.ssh/id_rsa (0x0) debug1: Authentications that can continue: publickey,password,keyboard-interactive debug3: start over, passed a different list publickey,password,keyboard-interactive debug3: preferred publickey,keyboard-interactive,password debug3: authmethod_lookup publickey debug3: remaining preferred: keyboard-interactive,password debug3: authmethod_is_enabled publickey debug1: Next authentication method: publickey debug1: Offering DSA public key: /.../.ssh/id_dsa debug3: send_pubkey_test debug2: we sent a publickey packet, wait for reply debug1: Server accepts key: pkalg ssh-dss blen 434 debug2: input_userauth_pk_ok: fp ... debug3: sign_and_send_pubkey: DSA ... debug1: Authentication succeeded (publickey). Authenticated to ... ([x.x.x.x]:22). debug1: channel 0: new [client-session] debug3: ssh_session2_open: channel_new: 0 debug2: channel 0: send open debug1: Requesting [email protected] debug1: Entering interactive session. ****** Hangs here ****** debug2: callback start debug2: client_session2_setup: id 0 debug2: fd 3 setting TCP_NODELAY debug2: channel 0: request pty-req confirm 1 debug1: Sending environment. debug3: Ignored env TERM_PROGRAM debug3: Ignored env SHELL debug3: Ignored env TERM debug3: Ignored env TMPDIR debug3: Ignored env Apple_PubSub_Socket_Render debug3: Ignored env TERM_PROGRAM_VERSION debug3: Ignored env TERM_SESSION_ID debug3: Ignored env USER debug3: Ignored env COMMAND_MODE debug3: Ignored env SSH_AUTH_SOCK debug3: Ignored env Apple_Ubiquity_Message debug3: Ignored env __CF_USER_TEXT_ENCODING debug3: Ignored env PATH debug3: Ignored env MKL_NUM_THREADS debug3: Ignored env PWD debug1: Sending env LANG = en_US.UTF-8 debug2: channel 0: request env confirm 0 debug3: Ignored env HOME debug3: Ignored env SHLVL debug3: Ignored env DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH debug3: Ignored env PYTHONPATH debug3: Ignored env LOGNAME debug3: Ignored env DISPLAY debug3: Ignored env SECURITYSESSIONID debug3: Ignored env _ debug2: channel 0: request shell confirm 1 debug2: callback done debug2: channel 0: open confirm rwindow 0 rmax 32768 debug2: channel_input_status_confirm: type 99 id 0 debug2: PTY allocation request accepted on channel 0 debug2: channel 0: rcvd adjust 2097152 debug2: channel_input_status_confirm: type 99 id 0 debug2: shell request accepted on channel 0 On the server side, the debug output looks like: Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: inetd sockets after dupping: 3, 4 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: Connection from x.x.x.x port 52758 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: Current Session ID is 56AC0FB0 / Session Attributes are 00008000 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: Running in inetd mode in a non-root session... assuming inetd created the session for us. Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: Client protocol version 2.0; client software version OpenSSH_5.9 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: match: OpenSSH_5.9 pat OpenSSH* Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: Enabling compatibility mode for protocol 2.0 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: Local version string SSH-2.0-OpenSSH_5.2 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: Checking with Service ACLs for ssh login restrictions Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: call to mbr_user_name_to_uuid with <...> suceeded to retrieve user_uuid Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: Call to mbr_check_service_membership failed with status <0> Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: PAM: initializing for "..." Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: PAM: setting PAM_RHOST to "x.x.x.x" Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: Failed none for ... from x.x.x.x port 52758 ssh2 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: temporarily_use_uid: 509/20 (e=0/0) Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: trying public key file /.../.ssh/authorized_keys Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: restore_uid: 0/0 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: temporarily_use_uid: 509/20 (e=0/0) Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: trying public key file /.../.ssh/authorized_keys2 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: fd 5 clearing O_NONBLOCK Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: matching key found: file /.../.ssh/authorized_keys2, line 1 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: Found matching DSA key: ... Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: restore_uid: 0/0 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: temporarily_use_uid: 509/20 (e=0/0) Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: trying public key file /.../.ssh/authorized_keys Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: restore_uid: 0/0 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: temporarily_use_uid: 509/20 (e=0/0) Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: trying public key file /.../.ssh/authorized_keys2 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: fd 5 clearing O_NONBLOCK Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: matching key found: file /.../.ssh/authorized_keys2, line 1 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: Found matching DSA key: ... Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: restore_uid: 0/0 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: ssh_dss_verify: signature correct Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: do_pam_account: called Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: Accepted publickey for ... from x.x.x.x port 52758 ssh2 Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: monitor_child_preauth: ... has been authenticated by privileged process Sep 16 18:46:40 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: PAM: establishing credentials ***** Hangs here ***** Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31435]: User child is on pid 31654 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: PAM: establishing credentials Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: permanently_set_uid: 509/20 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: Entering interactive session for SSH2. Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: server_init_dispatch_20 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: server_input_channel_open: ctype session rchan 0 win 1048576 max 16384 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: input_session_request Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: channel 0: new [server-session] Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_new: session 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_open: channel 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_open: session 0: link with channel 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: server_input_channel_open: confirm session Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: server_input_global_request: rtype [email protected] want_reply 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: server_input_channel_req: channel 0 request pty-req reply 1 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_by_channel: session 0 channel 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_input_channel_req: session 0 req pty-req Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: Allocating pty. Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31435]: debug1: session_new: session 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_pty_req: session 0 alloc /dev/ttys008 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: server_input_channel_req: channel 0 request env reply 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_by_channel: session 0 channel 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_input_channel_req: session 0 req env Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: server_input_channel_req: channel 0 request shell reply 1 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_by_channel: session 0 channel 0 Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31654]: debug1: session_input_channel_req: session 0 req shell Sep 16 18:46:54 ... sshd[31655]: debug1: Setting controlling tty using TIOCSCTTY.

    Read the article

  • What's New in ASP.NET 4

    - by Navaneeth
    The .NET Framework version 4 includes enhancements for ASP.NET 4 in targeted areas. Visual Studio 2010 and Microsoft Visual Web Developer Express also include enhancements and new features for improved Web development. This document provides an overview of many of the new features that are included in the upcoming release. This topic contains the following sections: ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET Web Forms ASP.NET MVC Dynamic Data ASP.NET Chart Control Visual Web Developer Enhancements Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET Core Services ASP.NET 4 introduces many features that improve core ASP.NET services such as output caching and session state storage. Extensible Output Caching Since the time that ASP.NET 1.0 was released, output caching has enabled developers to store the generated output of pages, controls, and HTTP responses in memory. On subsequent Web requests, ASP.NET can serve content more quickly by retrieving the generated output from memory instead of regenerating the output from scratch. However, this approach has a limitation — generated content always has to be stored in memory. On servers that experience heavy traffic, the memory requirements for output caching can compete with memory requirements for other parts of a Web application. ASP.NET 4 adds extensibility to output caching that enables you to configure one or more custom output-cache providers. Output-cache providers can use any storage mechanism to persist HTML content. These storage options can include local or remote disks, cloud storage, and distributed cache engines. Output-cache provider extensibility in ASP.NET 4 lets you design more aggressive and more intelligent output-caching strategies for Web sites. For example, you can create an output-cache provider that caches the "Top 10" pages of a site in memory, while caching pages that get lower traffic on disk. Alternatively, you can cache every vary-by combination for a rendered page, but use a distributed cache so that the memory consumption is offloaded from front-end Web servers. You create a custom output-cache provider as a class that derives from the OutputCacheProvider type. You can then configure the provider in the Web.config file by using the new providers subsection of the outputCache element For more information and for examples that show how to configure the output cache, see outputCache Element for caching (ASP.NET Settings Schema). For more information about the classes that support caching, see the documentation for the OutputCache and OutputCacheProvider classes. By default, in ASP.NET 4, all HTTP responses, rendered pages, and controls use the in-memory output cache. The defaultProvider attribute for ASP.NET is AspNetInternalProvider. You can change the default output-cache provider used for a Web application by specifying a different provider name for defaultProvider attribute. In addition, you can select different output-cache providers for individual control and for individual requests and programmatically specify which provider to use. For more information, see the HttpApplication.GetOutputCacheProviderName(HttpContext) method. The easiest way to choose a different output-cache provider for different Web user controls is to do so declaratively by using the new providerName attribute in a page or control directive, as shown in the following example: <%@ OutputCache Duration="60" VaryByParam="None" providerName="DiskCache" %> Preloading Web Applications Some Web applications must load large amounts of data or must perform expensive initialization processing before serving the first request. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, for these situations you had to devise custom approaches to "wake up" an ASP.NET application and then run initialization code during the Application_Load method in the Global.asax file. To address this scenario, a new application preload manager (autostart feature) is available when ASP.NET 4 runs on IIS 7.5 on Windows Server 2008 R2. The preload feature provides a controlled approach for starting up an application pool, initializing an ASP.NET application, and then accepting HTTP requests. It lets you perform expensive application initialization prior to processing the first HTTP request. For example, you can use the application preload manager to initialize an application and then signal a load-balancer that the application was initialized and ready to accept HTTP traffic. To use the application preload manager, an IIS administrator sets an application pool in IIS 7.5 to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <applicationPools> <add name="MyApplicationPool" startMode="AlwaysRunning" /> </applicationPools> Because a single application pool can contain multiple applications, you specify individual applications to be automatically started by using the following configuration in the applicationHost.config file: <sites> <site name="MySite" id="1"> <application path="/" serviceAutoStartEnabled="true" serviceAutoStartProvider="PrewarmMyCache" > <!-- Additional content --> </application> </site> </sites> <!-- Additional content --> <serviceAutoStartProviders> <add name="PrewarmMyCache" type="MyNamespace.CustomInitialization, MyLibrary" /> </serviceAutoStartProviders> When an IIS 7.5 server is cold-started or when an individual application pool is recycled, IIS 7.5 uses the information in the applicationHost.config file to determine which Web applications have to be automatically started. For each application that is marked for preload, IIS7.5 sends a request to ASP.NET 4 to start the application in a state during which the application temporarily does not accept HTTP requests. When it is in this state, ASP.NET instantiates the type defined by the serviceAutoStartProvider attribute (as shown in the previous example) and calls into its public entry point. You create a managed preload type that has the required entry point by implementing the IProcessHostPreloadClient interface, as shown in the following example: public class CustomInitialization : System.Web.Hosting.IProcessHostPreloadClient { public void Preload(string[] parameters) { // Perform initialization. } } After your initialization code runs in the Preload method and after the method returns, the ASP.NET application is ready to process requests. Permanently Redirecting a Page Content in Web applications is often moved over the lifetime of the application. This can lead to links to be out of date, such as the links that are returned by search engines. In ASP.NET, developers have traditionally handled requests to old URLs by using the Redirect method to forward a request to the new URL. However, the Redirect method issues an HTTP 302 (Found) response (which is used for a temporary redirect). This results in an extra HTTP round trip. ASP.NET 4 adds a RedirectPermanent helper method that makes it easy to issue HTTP 301 (Moved Permanently) responses, as in the following example: RedirectPermanent("/newpath/foroldcontent.aspx"); Search engines and other user agents that recognize permanent redirects will store the new URL that is associated with the content, which eliminates the unnecessary round trip made by the browser for temporary redirects. Session State Compression By default, ASP.NET provides two options for storing session state across a Web farm. The first option is a session state provider that invokes an out-of-process session state server. The second option is a session state provider that stores data in a Microsoft SQL Server database. Because both options store state information outside a Web application's worker process, session state has to be serialized before it is sent to remote storage. If a large amount of data is saved in session state, the size of the serialized data can become very large. ASP.NET 4 introduces a new compression option for both kinds of out-of-process session state providers. By using this option, applications that have spare CPU cycles on Web servers can achieve substantial reductions in the size of serialized session state data. You can set this option using the new compressionEnabled attribute of the sessionState element in the configuration file. When the compressionEnabled configuration option is set to true, ASP.NET compresses (and decompresses) serialized session state by using the .NET Framework GZipStreamclass. The following example shows how to set this attribute. <sessionState mode="SqlServer" sqlConnectionString="data source=dbserver;Initial Catalog=aspnetstate" allowCustomSqlDatabase="true" compressionEnabled="true" /> ASP.NET Web Forms Web Forms has been a core feature in ASP.NET since the release of ASP.NET 1.0. Many enhancements have been in this area for ASP.NET 4, such as the following: The ability to set meta tags. More control over view state. Support for recently introduced browsers and devices. Easier ways to work with browser capabilities. Support for using ASP.NET routing with Web Forms. More control over generated IDs. The ability to persist selected rows in data controls. More control over rendered HTML in the FormView and ListView controls. Filtering support for data source controls. Enhanced support for Web standards and accessibility Setting Meta Tags with the Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription Properties Two properties have been added to the Page class: MetaKeywords and MetaDescription. These two properties represent corresponding meta tags in the HTML rendered for a page, as shown in the following example: <head id="Head1" runat="server"> <title>Untitled Page</title> <meta name="keywords" content="keyword1, keyword2' /> <meta name="description" content="Description of my page" /> </head> These two properties work like the Title property does, and they can be set in the @ Page directive. For more information, see Page.MetaKeywords and Page.MetaDescription. Enabling View State for Individual Controls A new property has been added to the Control class: ViewStateMode. You can use this property to disable view state for all controls on a page except those for which you explicitly enable view state. View state data is included in a page's HTML and increases the amount of time it takes to send a page to the client and post it back. Storing more view state than is necessary can cause significant decrease in performance. In earlier versions of ASP.NET, you could reduce the impact of view state on a page's performance by disabling view state for specific controls. But sometimes it is easier to enable view state for a few controls that need it instead of disabling it for many that do not need it. For more information, see Control.ViewStateMode. Support for Recently Introduced Browsers and Devices ASP.NET includes a feature that is named browser capabilities that lets you determine the capabilities of the browser that a user is using. Browser capabilities are represented by the HttpBrowserCapabilities object which is stored in the HttpRequest.Browser property. Information about a particular browser's capabilities is defined by a browser definition file. In ASP.NET 4, these browser definition files have been updated to contain information about recently introduced browsers and devices such as Google Chrome, Research in Motion BlackBerry smart phones, and Apple iPhone. Existing browser definition files have also been updated. For more information, see How to: Upgrade an ASP.NET Web Application to ASP.NET 4 and ASP.NET Web Server Controls and Browser Capabilities. The browser definition files that are included with ASP.NET 4 are shown in the following list: •blackberry.browser •chrome.browser •Default.browser •firefox.browser •gateway.browser •generic.browser •ie.browser •iemobile.browser •iphone.browser •opera.browser •safari.browser A New Way to Define Browser Capabilities ASP.NET 4 includes a new feature referred to as browser capabilities providers. As the name suggests, this lets you build a provider that in turn lets you write custom code to determine browser capabilities. In ASP.NET version 3.5 Service Pack 1, you define browser capabilities in an XML file. This file resides in a machine-level folder or an application-level folder. Most developers do not need to customize these files, but for those who do, the provider approach can be easier than dealing with complex XML syntax. The provider approach makes it possible to simplify the process by implementing a common browser definition syntax, or a database that contains up-to-date browser definitions, or even a Web service for such a database. For more information about the new browser capabilities provider, see the What's New for ASP.NET 4 White Paper. Routing in ASP.NET 4 ASP.NET 4 adds built-in support for routing with Web Forms. Routing is a feature that was introduced with ASP.NET 3.5 SP1 and lets you configure an application to use URLs that are meaningful to users and to search engines because they do not have to specify physical file names. This can make your site more user-friendly and your site content more discoverable by search engines. For example, the URL for a page that displays product categories in your application might look like the following example: http://website/products.aspx?categoryid=12 By using routing, you can use the following URL to render the same information: http://website/products/software The second URL lets the user know what to expect and can result in significantly improved rankings in search engine results. the new features include the following: The PageRouteHandler class is a simple HTTP handler that you use when you define routes. You no longer have to write a custom route handler. The HttpRequest.RequestContext and Page.RouteData properties make it easier to access information that is passed in URL parameters. The RouteUrl expression provides a simple way to create a routed URL in markup. The RouteValue expression provides a simple way to extract URL parameter values in markup. The RouteParameter class makes it easier to pass URL parameter values to a query for a data source control (similar to FormParameter). You no longer have to change the Web.config file to enable routing. For more information about routing, see the following topics: ASP.NET Routing Walkthrough: Using ASP.NET Routing in a Web Forms Application How to: Define Routes for Web Forms Applications How to: Construct URLs from Routes How to: Access URL Parameters in a Routed Page Setting Client IDs The new ClientIDMode property makes it easier to write client script that references HTML elements rendered for server controls. Increasing use of Microsoft Ajax makes the need to do this more common. For example, you may have a data control that renders a long list of products with prices and you want to use client script to make a Web service call and update individual prices in the list as they change without refreshing the entire page. Typically you get a reference to an HTML element in client script by using the document.GetElementById method. You pass to this method the value of the id attribute of the HTML element you want to reference. In the case of elements that are rendered for ASP.NET server controls earlier versions of ASP.NET could make this difficult or impossible. You were not always able to predict what id values ASP.NET would generate, or ASP.NET could generate very long id values. The problem was especially difficult for data controls that would generate multiple rows for a single instance of the control in your markup. ASP.NET 4 adds two new algorithms for generating id attributes. These algorithms can generate id attributes that are easier to work with in client script because they are more predictable and that are easier to work with because they are simpler. For more information about how to use the new algorithms, see the following topics: ASP.NET Web Server Control Identification Walkthrough: Making Data-Bound Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript Walkthrough: Making Controls Located in Web User Controls Easier to Access from JavaScript How to: Access Controls from JavaScript by ID Persisting Row Selection in Data Controls The GridView and ListView controls enable users to select a row. In previous versions of ASP.NET, row selection was based on the row index on the page. For example, if you select the third item on page 1 and then move to page 2, the third item on page 2 is selected. In most cases, is more desirable not to select any rows on page 2. ASP.NET 4 supports Persisted Selection, a new feature that was initially supported only in Dynamic Data projects in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1. When this feature is enabled, the selected item is based on the row data key. This means that if you select the third row on page 1 and move to page 2, nothing is selected on page 2. When you move back to page 1, the third row is still selected. This is a much more natural behavior than the behavior in earlier versions of ASP.NET. Persisted selection is now supported for the GridView and ListView controls in all projects. You can enable this feature in the GridView control, for example, by setting the EnablePersistedSelection property, as shown in the following example: <asp:GridView id="GridView2" runat="server" PersistedSelection="true"> </asp:GridView> FormView Control Enhancements The FormView control is enhanced to make it easier to style the content of the control with CSS. In previous versions of ASP.NET, the FormView control rendered it contents using an item template. This made styling more difficult in the markup because unexpected table row and table cell tags were rendered by the control. The FormView control supports RenderOuterTable, a property in ASP.NET 4. When this property is set to false, as show in the following example, the table tags are not rendered. This makes it easier to apply CSS style to the contents of the control. <asp:FormView ID="FormView1" runat="server" RenderTable="false"> For more information, see FormView Web Server Control Overview. ListView Control Enhancements The ListView control, which was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5, has all the functionality of the GridView control while giving you complete control over the output. This control has been made easier to use in ASP.NET 4. The earlier version of the control required that you specify a layout template that contained a server control with a known ID. The following markup shows a typical example of how to use the ListView control in ASP.NET 3.5. <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <LayoutTemplate> <asp:PlaceHolder ID="ItemPlaceHolder" runat="server"></asp:PlaceHolder> </LayoutTemplate> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> In ASP.NET 4, the ListView control does not require a layout template. The markup shown in the previous example can be replaced with the following markup: <asp:ListView ID="ListView1" runat="server"> <ItemTemplate> <% Eval("LastName")%> </ItemTemplate> </asp:ListView> For more information, see ListView Web Server Control Overview. Filtering Data with the QueryExtender Control A very common task for developers who create data-driven Web pages is to filter data. This traditionally has been performed by building Where clauses in data source controls. This approach can be complicated, and in some cases the Where syntax does not let you take advantage of the full functionality of the underlying database. To make filtering easier, a new QueryExtender control has been added in ASP.NET 4. This control can be added to EntityDataSource or LinqDataSource controls in order to filter the data returned by these controls. Because the QueryExtender control relies on LINQ, but you do not to need to know how to write LINQ queries to use the query extender. The QueryExtender control supports a variety of filter options. The following lists QueryExtender filter options. Term Definition SearchExpression Searches a field or fields for string values and compares them to a specified string value. RangeExpression Searches a field or fields for values in a range specified by a pair of values. PropertyExpression Compares a specified value to a property value in a field. If the expression evaluates to true, the data that is being examined is returned. OrderByExpression Sorts data by a specified column and sort direction. CustomExpression Calls a function that defines custom filter in the page. For more information, see QueryExtenderQueryExtender Web Server Control Overview. Enhanced Support for Web Standards and Accessibility Earlier versions of ASP.NET controls sometimes render markup that does not conform to HTML, XHTML, or accessibility standards. ASP.NET 4 eliminates most of these exceptions. For details about how the HTML that is rendered by each control meets accessibility standards, see ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility. CSS for Controls that Can be Disabled In ASP.NET 3.5, when a control is disabled (see WebControl.Enabled), a disabled attribute is added to the rendered HTML element. For example, the following markup creates a Label control that is disabled: <asp:Label id="Label1" runat="server"   Text="Test" Enabled="false" /> In ASP.NET 3.5, the previous control settings generate the following HTML: <span id="Label1" disabled="disabled">Test</span> In HTML 4.01, the disabled attribute is not considered valid on span elements. It is valid only on input elements because it specifies that they cannot be accessed. On display-only elements such as span elements, browsers typically support rendering for a disabled appearance, but a Web page that relies on this non-standard behavior is not robust according to accessibility standards. For display-only elements, you should use CSS to indicate a disabled visual appearance. Therefore, by default ASP.NET 4 generates the following HTML for the control settings shown previously: <span id="Label1" class="aspNetDisabled">Test</span> You can change the value of the class attribute that is rendered by default when a control is disabled by setting the DisabledCssClass property. CSS for Validation Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, validation controls render a default color of red as an inline style. For example, the following markup creates a RequiredFieldValidator control: <asp:RequiredFieldValidator ID="RequiredFieldValidator1" runat="server"   ErrorMessage="Required Field" ControlToValidate="RadioButtonList1" /> ASP.NET 3.5 renders the following HTML for the validator control: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style="color:Red;visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> By default, ASP.NET 4 does not render an inline style to set the color to red. An inline style is used only to hide or show the validator, as shown in the following example: <span id="RequiredFieldValidator1"   style"visibility:hidden;">RequiredFieldValidator</span> Therefore, ASP.NET 4 does not automatically show error messages in red. For information about how to use CSS to specify a visual style for a validation control, see Validating User Input in ASP.NET Web Pages. CSS for the Hidden Fields Div Element ASP.NET uses hidden fields to store state information such as view state and control state. These hidden fields are contained by a div element. In ASP.NET 3.5, this div element does not have a class attribute or an id attribute. Therefore, CSS rules that affect all div elements could unintentionally cause this div to be visible. To avoid this problem, ASP.NET 4 renders the div element for hidden fields with a CSS class that you can use to differentiate the hidden fields div from others. The new classvalue is shown in the following example: <div class="aspNetHidden"> CSS for the Table, Image, and ImageButton Controls By default, in ASP.NET 3.5, some controls set the border attribute of rendered HTML to zero (0). The following example shows HTML that is generated by the Table control in ASP.NET 3.5: <table id="Table2" border="0"> The Image control and the ImageButton control also do this. Because this is not necessary and provides visual formatting information that should be provided by using CSS, the attribute is not generated in ASP.NET 4. CSS for the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the UpdatePanel and UpdateProgress controls do not support expando attributes. This makes it impossible to set a CSS class on the HTMLelements that they render. In ASP.NET 4 these controls have been changed to accept expando attributes, as shown in the following example: <asp:UpdatePanel runat="server" class="myStyle"> </asp:UpdatePanel> The following HTML is rendered for this markup: <div id="ctl00_MainContent_UpdatePanel1" class="expandoclass"> </div> Eliminating Unnecessary Outer Tables In ASP.NET 3.5, the HTML that is rendered for the following controls is wrapped in a table element whose purpose is to apply inline styles to the entire control: FormView Login PasswordRecovery ChangePassword If you use templates to customize the appearance of these controls, you can specify CSS styles in the markup that you provide in the templates. In that case, no extra outer table is required. In ASP.NET 4, you can prevent the table from being rendered by setting the new RenderOuterTable property to false. Layout Templates for Wizard Controls In ASP.NET 3.5, the Wizard and CreateUserWizard controls generate an HTML table element that is used for visual formatting. In ASP.NET 4 you can use a LayoutTemplate element to specify the layout. If you do this, the HTML table element is not generated. In the template, you create placeholder controls to indicate where items should be dynamically inserted into the control. (This is similar to how the template model for the ListView control works.) For more information, see the Wizard.LayoutTemplate property. New HTML Formatting Options for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList Controls ASP.NET 3.5 uses HTML table elements to format the output for the CheckBoxList and RadioButtonList controls. To provide an alternative that does not use tables for visual formatting, ASP.NET 4 adds two new options to the RepeatLayout enumeration: UnorderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ul and li elements instead of a table. OrderedList. This option causes the HTML output to be formatted by using ol and li elements instead of a table. For examples of HTML that is rendered for the new options, see the RepeatLayout enumeration. Header and Footer Elements for the Table Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Table control can be configured to render thead and tfoot elements by setting the TableSection property of the TableHeaderRow class and the TableFooterRow class. In ASP.NET 4 these properties are set to the appropriate values by default. CSS and ARIA Support for the Menu Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the Menu control uses HTML table elements for visual formatting, and in some configurations it is not keyboard-accessible. ASP.NET 4 addresses these problems and improves accessibility in the following ways: The generated HTML is structured as an unordered list (ul and li elements). CSS is used for visual formatting. The menu behaves in accordance with ARIA standards for keyboard access. You can use arrow keys to navigate menu items. (For information about ARIA, see Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET.) ARIA role and property attributes are added to the generated HTML. (Attributes are added by using JavaScript instead of included in the HTML, to avoid generating HTML that would cause markup validation errors.) Styles for the Menu control are rendered in a style block at the top of the page, instead of inline with the rendered HTML elements. If you want to use a separate CSS file so that you can modify the menu styles, you can set the Menu control's new IncludeStyleBlock property to false, in which case the style block is not generated. Valid XHTML for the HtmlForm Control In ASP.NET 3.5, the HtmlForm control (which is created implicitly by the <form runat="server"> tag) renders an HTML form element that has both name and id attributes. The name attribute is deprecated in XHTML 1.1. Therefore, this control does not render the name attribute in ASP.NET 4. Maintaining Backward Compatibility in Control Rendering An existing ASP.NET Web site might have code in it that assumes that controls are rendering HTML the way they do in ASP.NET 3.5. To avoid causing backward compatibility problems when you upgrade the site to ASP.NET 4, you can have ASP.NET continue to generate HTML the way it does in ASP.NET 3.5 after you upgrade the site. To do so, you can set the controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion attribute of the pages element to "3.5" in the Web.config file of an ASP.NET 4 Web site, as shown in the following example: <system.web>   <pages controlRenderingCompatibilityVersion="3.5"/> </system.web> If this setting is omitted, the default value is the same as the version of ASP.NET that the Web site targets. (For information about multi-targeting in ASP.NET, see .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects.) ASP.NET MVC ASP.NET MVC helps Web developers build compelling standards-based Web sites that are easy to maintain because it decreases the dependency among application layers by using the Model-View-Controller (MVC) pattern. MVC provides complete control over the page markup. It also improves testability by inherently supporting Test Driven Development (TDD). Web sites created using ASP.NET MVC have a modular architecture. This allows members of a team to work independently on the various modules and can be used to improve collaboration. For example, developers can work on the model and controller layers (data and logic), while the designer work on the view (presentation). For tutorials, walkthroughs, conceptual content, code samples, and a complete API reference, see ASP.NET MVC 2. Dynamic Data Dynamic Data was introduced in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 release in mid-2008. This feature provides many enhancements for creating data-driven applications, such as the following: A RAD experience for quickly building a data-driven Web site. Automatic validation that is based on constraints defined in the data model. The ability to easily change the markup that is generated for fields in the GridView and DetailsView controls by using field templates that are part of your Dynamic Data project. For ASP.NET 4, Dynamic Data has been enhanced to give developers even more power for quickly building data-driven Web sites. For more information, see ASP.NET Dynamic Data Content Map. Enabling Dynamic Data for Individual Data-Bound Controls in Existing Web Applications You can use Dynamic Data features in existing ASP.NET Web applications that do not use scaffolding by enabling Dynamic Data for individual data-bound controls. Dynamic Data provides the presentation and data layer support for rendering these controls. When you enable Dynamic Data for data-bound controls, you get the following benefits: Setting default values for data fields. Dynamic Data enables you to provide default values at run time for fields in a data control. Interacting with the database without creating and registering a data model. Automatically validating the data that is entered by the user without writing any code. For more information, see Walkthrough: Enabling Dynamic Data in ASP.NET Data-Bound Controls. New Field Templates for URLs and E-mail Addresses ASP.NET 4 introduces two new built-in field templates, EmailAddress.ascx and Url.ascx. These templates are used for fields that are marked as EmailAddress or Url using the DataTypeAttribute attribute. For EmailAddress objects, the field is displayed as a hyperlink that is created by using the mailto: protocol. When users click the link, it opens the user's e-mail client and creates a skeleton message. Objects typed as Url are displayed as ordinary hyperlinks. The following example shows how to mark fields. [DataType(DataType.EmailAddress)] public object HomeEmail { get; set; } [DataType(DataType.Url)] public object Website { get; set; } Creating Links with the DynamicHyperLink Control Dynamic Data uses the new routing feature that was added in the .NET Framework 3.5 SP1 to control the URLs that users see when they access the Web site. The new DynamicHyperLink control makes it easy to build links to pages in a Dynamic Data site. For information, see How to: Create Table Action Links in Dynamic Data Support for Inheritance in the Data Model Both the ADO.NET Entity Framework and LINQ to SQL support inheritance in their data models. An example of this might be a database that has an InsurancePolicy table. It might also contain CarPolicy and HousePolicy tables that have the same fields as InsurancePolicy and then add more fields. Dynamic Data has been modified to understand inherited objects in the data model and to support scaffolding for the inherited tables. For more information, see Walkthrough: Mapping Table-per-Hierarchy Inheritance in Dynamic Data. Support for Many-to-Many Relationships (Entity Framework Only) The Entity Framework has rich support for many-to-many relationships between tables, which is implemented by exposing the relationship as a collection on an Entity object. New field templates (ManyToMany.ascx and ManyToMany_Edit.ascx) have been added to provide support for displaying and editing data that is involved in many-to-many relationships. For more information, see Working with Many-to-Many Data Relationships in Dynamic Data. New Attributes to Control Display and Support Enumerations The DisplayAttribute has been added to give you additional control over how fields are displayed. The DisplayNameAttribute attribute in earlier versions of Dynamic Data enabled you to change the name that is used as a caption for a field. The new DisplayAttribute class lets you specify more options for displaying a field, such as the order in which a field is displayed and whether a field will be used as a filter. The attribute also provides independent control of the name that is used for the labels in a GridView control, the name that is used in a DetailsView control, the help text for the field, and the watermark used for the field (if the field accepts text input). The EnumDataTypeAttribute class has been added to let you map fields to enumerations. When you apply this attribute to a field, you specify an enumeration type. Dynamic Data uses the new Enumeration.ascx field template to create UI for displaying and editing enumeration values. The template maps the values from the database to the names in the enumeration. Enhanced Support for Filters Dynamic Data 1.0 had built-in filters for Boolean columns and foreign-key columns. The filters did not let you specify the order in which they were displayed. The new DisplayAttribute attribute addresses this by giving you control over whether a column appears as a filter and in what order it will be displayed. An additional enhancement is that filtering support has been rewritten to use the new QueryExtender feature of Web Forms. This lets you create filters without requiring knowledge of the data source control that the filters will be used with. Along with these extensions, filters have also been turned into template controls, which lets you add new ones. Finally, the DisplayAttribute class mentioned earlier allows the default filter to be overridden, in the same way that UIHint allows the default field template for a column to be overridden. For more information, see Walkthrough: Filtering Rows in Tables That Have a Parent-Child Relationship and QueryableFilterRepeater. ASP.NET Chart Control The ASP.NET chart server control enables you to create ASP.NET pages applications that have simple, intuitive charts for complex statistical or financial analysis. The chart control supports the following features: Data series, chart areas, axes, legends, labels, titles, and more. Data binding. Data manipulation, such as copying, splitting, merging, alignment, grouping, sorting, searching, and filtering. Statistical formulas and financial formulas. Advanced chart appearance, such as 3-D, anti-aliasing, lighting, and perspective. Events and customizations. Interactivity and Microsoft Ajax. Support for the Ajax Content Delivery Network (CDN), which provides an optimized way for you to add Microsoft Ajax Library and jQuery scripts to your Web applications. For more information, see Chart Web Server Control Overview. Visual Web Developer Enhancements The following sections provide information about enhancements and new features in Visual Studio 2010 and Visual Web Developer Express. The Web page designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been enhanced for better CSS compatibility, includes additional support for HTML and ASP.NET markup snippets, and features a redesigned version of IntelliSense for JScript. Improved CSS Compatibility The Visual Web Developer designer in Visual Studio 2010 has been updated to improve CSS 2.1 standards compliance. The designer better preserves HTML source code and is more robust than in previous versions of Visual Studio. HTML and JScript Snippets In the HTML editor, IntelliSense auto-completes tag names. The IntelliSense Snippets feature auto-completes whole tags and more. In Visual Studio 2010, IntelliSense snippets are supported for JScript, alongside C# and Visual Basic, which were supported in earlier versions of Visual Studio. Visual Studio 2010 includes over 200 snippets that help you auto-complete common ASP.NET and HTML tags, including required attributes (such as runat="server") and common attributes specific to a tag (such as ID, DataSourceID, ControlToValidate, and Text). You can download additional snippets, or you can write your own snippets that encapsulate the blocks of markup that you or your team use for common tasks. For more information on HTML snippets, see Walkthrough: Using HTML Snippets. JScript IntelliSense Enhancements In Visual 2010, JScript IntelliSense has been redesigned to provide an even richer editing experience. IntelliSense now recognizes objects that have been dynamically generated by methods such as registerNamespace and by similar techniques used by other JavaScript frameworks. Performance has been improved to analyze large libraries of script and to display IntelliSense with little or no processing delay. Compatibility has been significantly increased to support almost all third-party libraries and to support diverse coding styles. Documentation comments are now parsed as you type and are immediately leveraged by IntelliSense. Web Application Deployment with Visual Studio 2010 For Web application projects, Visual Studio now provides tools that work with the IIS Web Deployment Tool (Web Deploy) to automate many processes that had to be done manually in earlier versions of ASP.NET. For example, the following tasks can now be automated: Creating an IIS application on the destination computer and configuring IIS settings. Copying files to the destination computer. Changing Web.config settings that must be different in the destination environment. Propagating changes to data or data structures in SQL Server databases that are used by the Web application. For more information about Web application deployment, see ASP.NET Deployment Content Map. Enhancements to ASP.NET Multi-Targeting ASP.NET 4 adds new features to the multi-targeting feature to make it easier to work with projects that target earlier versions of the .NET Framework. Multi-targeting was introduced in ASP.NET 3.5 to enable you to use the latest version of Visual Studio without having to upgrade existing Web sites or Web services to the latest version of the .NET Framework. In Visual Studio 2008, when you work with a project targeted for an earlier version of the .NET Framework, most features of the development environment adapt to the targeted version. However, IntelliSense displays language features that are available in the current version, and property windows display properties available in the current version. In Visual Studio 2010, only language features and properties available in the targeted version of the .NET Framework are shown. For more information about multi-targeting, see the following topics: .NET Framework Multi-Targeting for ASP.NET Web Projects ASP.NET Side-by-Side Execution Overview How to: Host Web Applications That Use Different Versions of the .NET Framework on the Same Server How to: Deploy Web Site Projects Targeted for Earlier Versions of the .NET Framework

    Read the article

  • Why should you choose Oracle WebLogic 12c instead of JBoss EAP 6?

    - by Ricardo Ferreira
    In this post, I will cover some technical differences between Oracle WebLogic 12c and JBoss EAP 6, which was released a couple days ago from Red Hat. This article claims to help you in the evaluation of key points that you should consider when choosing for an Java EE application server. In the following sections, I will present to you some important aspects that most customers ask us when they are seriously evaluating for an middleware infrastructure, specially if you are considering JBoss for some reason. I would suggest that you keep the following question in mind while you are reading the points: "Why should I choose JBoss instead of WebLogic?" 1) Multi Datacenter Deployment and Clustering - D/R ("Disaster & Recovery") architecture support is embedded on the WebLogic Server 12c product. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct D/R support included, Red Hat relies on third-part tools with higher prices. When you consider a middleware solution to host your business critical application, you should worry with every architectural aspect that are related with the solution. Fail-over support is one little aspect of a truly reliable solution. If you do not worry about D/R, your solution will not be reliable. Having said that, with Red Hat and JBoss EAP 6, you have this extra cost that will increase considerably the total cost of ownership of the solution. As we commonly hear from analysts, open-source are not so cheaper when you start seeing the big picture. - WebLogic Server 12c supports advanced LAN clustering, detection of death servers and have a common alert framework. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has limited LAN clustering support with no server death detection. They do not generate any alerts when servers goes down (only if you buy JBoss ON which is a separated technology, but until now does not support JBoss EAP 6) and manual intervention are required when servers goes down. In most cases, admin people must rely on "kill -9", "tail -f someFile.log" and "ps ax | grep java" commands to manage failures and clustering anomalies. - WebLogic Server 12c supports the concept of Node Manager, which is a separated process that runs on the physical | virtual servers that allows extend the administration of the cluster to WebLogic managed servers that are often distributed across multiple machines and geographic locations. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no equivalent technology. Whole server instances must be managed individually. - WebLogic Server 12c Node Manager supports Coherence to boost performance when managing servers. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no similar technology. There is no way to coordinate JBoss and infiniband instances provided by JBoss using high throughput and low latency protocols like InfiniBand. The Node Manager feature also allows another very important feature that JBoss EAP lacks: secure the administration. When using WebLogic Node Manager, all the administration tasks are sent to the managed servers in a secure tunel protected by a certificate, which means that the transport layer that separates the WebLogic administration console from the managed servers are secured by SSL. - WebLogic Server 12c are now integrated with OTD ("Oracle Traffic Director") which is a web server technology derived from the former Sun iPlanet Web Server. This software complements the web server support offered by OHS ("Oracle HTTP Server"). Using OTD, WebLogic instances are load-balanced by a high powerful software that knows how to handle SDP ("Socket Direct Protocol") over InfiniBand, which boost performance when used with engineered systems technologies like Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand only offers support to Apache Web Server with custom modules created to deal with JBoss clusters, but only across standard TCP/IP networks.  2) Application and Runtime Diagnostics - WebLogic Server 12c have diagnostics capabilities embedded on the server called WLDF ("WebLogic Diagnostic Framework") so there is no need to rely on third-part tools. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no diagnostics capabilities. Their only diagnostics tool is the log generated by the application server. Admin people are encouraged to analyse thousands of log lines to find out what is going on. - WebLogic Server 12c complement WLDF with JRockit MC ("Mission Control"), which provides to administrators and developers a complete insight about the JVM performance, behavior and possible bottlenecks. WebLogic Server 12c also have an classloader analysis tool embedded, and even a log analyzer tool that enables administrators and developers to view logs of multiple servers at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand relies on third-part tools to do something similar. Again, only log searching are offered to find out whats going on. - WebLogic Server 12c offers end-to-end traceability and monitoring available through Oracle EM ("Enterprise Manager"), including monitoring of business transactions that flows through web servers, ESBs, application servers and database servers, all of this with high deep JVM analysis and diagnostics. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand, even using JBoss ON ("Operations Network"), which is a separated technology, does not support those features. Red Hat relies on third-part tools to provide direct Oracle database traceability across JVMs. One of those tools are Oracle EM for non-Oracle middleware that manage JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere and IIS transparently. - WebLogic Server 12c with their JRockit support offers a tool called JRockit Flight Recorder, which can give developers a complete visibility of a certain period of application production monitoring with zero extra overhead. This automatic recording allows you to deep analyse threads latency, memory leaks, thread contention, resource utilization, stack overflow damages and GC ("Garbage Collection") cycles, to observe in real time stop-the-world phenomenons, generational, reference count and parallel collects and mutator threads analysis. JBoss EAP 6 don't even dream to support something similar, even because they don't have their own JVM. 3) Application Server Administration - WebLogic Server 12c offers a complete administration console complemented with scripting and macro-like recording capabilities. A single WebLogic console can managed up to hundreds of WebLogic servers belonging to the same domain. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited console and provides a XML centric administration. JBoss, after ten years, started the development of a rudimentary centralized administration that still leave a lot of administration tasks aside, so admin people and developers must touch scripts and XML configuration files for most advanced and even simple administration tasks. This lead applications to error prone and risky deployments. Even using JBoss ON, JBoss EAP are not able to offer decent administration features for admin people which must be high skilled in JBoss internal architecture and its managing capabilities. - Oracle EM is available to manage multiple domains, databases, application servers, operating systems and virtualization, with a complete end-to-end visibility. JBoss ON does not provide management capabilities across the complete architecture, only basic monitoring. Even deployment must be done aside JBoss ON which does no integrate well with others softwares than JBoss. Until now, JBoss ON does not supports JBoss EAP 6, so even their minimal support for JBoss are not available for JBoss EAP 6 leaving customers uncovered and subject to high skilled JBoss admin people. - WebLogic Server 12c has the same administration model whatever is the topology selected by the customer. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand differentiates between two operational models: standalone-mode and domain-mode, that are not consistent with each other. Depending on the mode used, the administration skill is different. - WebLogic Server 12c has no point-of-failures processes, and it does not need to define any specialized server. Domain model in WebLogic is available for years (at least ten years or more) and is production proven. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand needs special processes to garantee JBoss integrity, the PC ("Process-Controller") and the HC ("Host-Controller"). Different from WebLogic, the domain model in JBoss is quite new (one year at tops) of maturity, and need to mature considerably until start doing things like WebLogic domain model does. - WebLogic Server 12c supports parallel deployment model which enables some artifacts being deployed at the same time. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have any similar feature. Every deployment are done atomically in the containers. This means that if you have a huge EAR (an EAR of 120 MB of size for instance) and deploy onto JBoss EAP 6, this EAR will take some minutes in order to starting accept thread requests. The same EAR deployed onto WebLogic Server 12c will reduce the deployment time at least in 2X compared to JBoss. 4) Support and Upgrades - WebLogic Server 12c has patch management available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no patch management available, each JBoss EAP instance should be patched manually. To achieve such feature, you need to buy a separated technology called JBoss ON ("Operations Network") that manage this type of stuff. But until now, JBoss ON does not support JBoss EAP 6 so, in practice, JBoss EAP 6 does not have this feature. - WebLogic Server 12c supports previuous WebLogic domains without any reconfiguration since its kernel is robust and mature since its creation in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a proven lack of supportability between JBoss AS 4, 5, 6 and 7. Different kernels and messaging engines were implemented in JBoss stack in the last five years reveling their incapacity to create a well architected and proven middleware technology. - WebLogic Server 12c has patch prescription based on customer configuration. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such capability. People need to create ticket supports and have their installations revised by Red Hat support guys to gain some patch prescription from them. - Oracle WebLogic Server independent of the version has 8 years of support of new patches and has lifetime release of existing patches beyond that. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand provides patches for a specific application server version up to 5 years after the release date. JBoss EAP 4 and previous versions had only 4 years. A good question that Red Hat will argue to answer is: "what happens when you find issues after year 5"?  5) RAC ("Real Application Clusters") Support - WebLogic Server 12c ships with a specific JDBC driver to leverage Oracle RAC clustering capabilities (Fast-Application-Notification, Transaction Affinity, Fast-Connection-Failover, etc). Oracle JDBC thin driver are also available. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand ships only the standard Oracle JDBC thin driver. Load balancing with Oracle RAC are not supported. Manual intervention in case of planned or unplanned RAC downtime are necessary. In JBoss EAP 6, situation does not reestablish automatically after downtime. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called Active GridLink for Oracle RAC which provides up to 3X performance on OLTP applications. This seamless integration between WebLogic and Oracle database enable more value added to critical business applications leveraging their investments in Oracle database technology and Oracle middleware. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no performance gains at all, even when admin people implement some kind of connection-pooling tuning. - WebLogic Server 12c also supports transaction and web session affinity to the Oracle RAC, which provides aditional gains of performance. This is particularly interesting if you are creating a reliable solution that are distributed not only in an LAN cluster, but into a different data center. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. 6) Standards and Technology Support - WebLogic Server 12c is fully Java EE 6 compatible and production ready since december of 2011. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand became fully compatible with Java EE 6 only in the community version after three months, and production ready only in a few days considering that this article was written in June of 2012. Red Hat says that they are the masters of innovation and technology proliferation, but compared with Oracle and even other proprietary vendors like IBM, they historically speaking are lazy to deliver the most newest technologies and standards adherence. - Oracle is the steward of Java, driving innovation into the platform from commercial and open-source vendors. Red Hat on the other hand does not have its own JVM and relies on third-part JVMs to complete their application server offer. 95% of Red Hat customers are using Oracle HotSpot as JVM, which means that without Oracle involvement, their support are limited exclusively to the application server layer and we all know that most problems are happens in the JVM layer. - WebLogic Server 12c supports natively JDK 7, which empower developers to explore the maximum of the Java platform productivity when writing code. This feature differentiate WebLogic from others application servers (except GlassFish that are also managed by Oracle) because the usage of JDK 7 introduce such remarkable productivity features like the "try-with-resources" enhancement, catching multiple exceptions with one try block, Strings in the switch statements, JVM improvements in terms of JDBC, I/O, networking, security, concurrency and of course, the most important feature of Java 7: native support for multiple non-Java languages. More features regarding JDK 7 can be found here. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not support JDK 7 officially, they comment in their community version that "Java SE 7 can be used with JBoss 7" which does not gives you any guarantees of enterprise support for JDK 7. - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c supports integration with Spring framework allowing Spring applications to use WebLogic special transaction manager, exposing bean interfaces to WebLogic MBeans to take advantage of all WebLogic monitoring and administration advantages. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no special integration with Spring. In fact, Red Hat offers a suspicious package called "JBoss Web Platform" that in theory supports Spring, but in practice this package does not offers any special integration. It is just a facility for Red Hat customers to have support from both JBoss and Spring technology using the same customer support. 7) Lightweight Development - Oracle WebLogic Server 12c and Oracle GlassFish are completely integrated and can share applications without any modifications. Starting with the 12c version, WebLogic now understands natively GlassFish deployment descriptors and specific configurations in order to offer you a truly and reliable migration path from a community Java EE application server to a enterprise middleware product like WebLogic. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no support to natively reuse an existing (or still in development) application from JBoss AS community server. Users of JBoss suffer of critical issues during deployment time that includes: changing the libraries and dependencies of the application, patching the DTD or XSD deployment descriptors, refactoring of the application layers due classloading issues and anomalies, rebuilding of persistence, business and web layers due issues with "usage of the certified version of an certain dependency" or "frameworks that Red Hat potentially does not recommend" etc. If you have the culture or enterprise IT directive of developing Java EE applications using community middleware to in a certain future, transition to enterprise (supported by a vendor) middleware, Oracle WebLogic plus Oracle GlassFish offers you a more sustainable solution. - WebLogic Server 12c has a very light ZIP distribution (less than 165 MB). JBoss EAP 6 ZIP size is around 130 MB, together with JBoss ON you have more 100 MB resulting in a higher download footprint. This is particularly interesting if you plan to use automated setup of application server instances (for example, to rapidly setup a development or staging environment) using Maven or Hudson. - WebLogic Server 12c has a complete integration with Maven allowing developers to setup WebLogic domains with few commands. Tasks like downloading WebLogic, installation, domain creation, data sources deployment are completely integrated. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a limited offer integration with those tools.  - WebLogic Server 12c has a startup mode called WLX that turns-off EJB, JMS and JCA containers leaving enabled only the web container with Java EE 6 web profile. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such feature, you need to disable manually the containers that you do not want to use. - WebLogic Server 12c supports fastswap, which enables you to change classes without redeployment. This is particularly interesting if you are developing patches for the application that is already deployed and you do not want to redeploy the entire application. This is the same behavior that most application servers offers to JSP pages, but with WebLogic Server 12c, you have the same feature for Java classes in general. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no such support. Even JBoss EAP 5 does not support this until now. 8) JMS and Messaging - WebLogic Server 12c has a proven and high scalable JMS implementation since its initial release in 1995. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a still immature technology called HornetQ, which was introduced in JBoss EAP 5 replacing everything that was implemented in the previous versions. Red Hat loves to introduce new technologies across JBoss versions, playing around with customers and their investments. And when they are asked about why they have changed the implementation and caused such a mess, their answer is always: "the previous implementation was inadequate and not aligned with the community strategy so we are creating a new a improved one". This Red Hat practice leads to uncomfortable investments that in a near future (sometimes less than a year) will be affected in someway. - WebLogic Server 12c has troubleshooting and monitoring features included on the WebLogic console and WLDF. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no direct monitoring on the console, activity is reflected only on the logs, no debug logs available in case of JMS issues. - WebLogic Server 12c has extremely good performance and scalability. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has a JMS storage mechanism relying on Oracle database or MySQL. This means that if an issue in production happens and Red Hat affirms that an performance issue is happening due to database problems, they will not support you on the performance issue. They will orient you to call Oracle instead. - WebLogic Server 12c supports messaging enterprise features like SAF ("Store and Forward"), Distributed Queues/Topics and Foreign JMS providers support that leverage JMS implementations without compromise developer code making things completely transparent. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand do not even dream to support such features. 9) Caching and Grid - Coherence, which is the leading and most mature data grid technology from Oracle, is available since early 2000 and was integrated with WebLogic in 2009. Coherence and WebLogic clusters can be both managed from WebLogic administrative console. Even Node Manager supports Coherence. JBoss on the other hand discontinued JBoss Cache, which was their caching implementation just like they did with the messaging implementation (JBossMQ) which was a issue for long term customers. JBoss EAP 6 ships InfiniSpan version 1.0 which is immature and lack a proven record of successful cases and reliability. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called ActiveCache which uses Coherence to, without any code changes, replicate HTTP sessions from both WebLogic and other application servers like JBoss, Tomcat, Websphere, GlassFish and even Microsoft IIS. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does have such support and even when they do in the future, they probably will support only their own application server. - Coherence can be used to manage both L1 and L2 cache levels, providing support to Oracle TopLink and others JPA compliant implementations, even Hibernate. JBoss EAP 6 and Infinispan on the other hand supports only Hibernate. And most important of all: Infinispan does not have any successful case of L1 or L2 caching level support using Hibernate, which lead us to reflect about its viability. 10) Performance - WebLogic Server 12c is certified with Oracle Exalogic Elastic Cloud and can run unchanged applications at this engineered system. This approach can benefit customers from Exalogic optimization's of both kernel and JVM layers to boost performance in terms of 10X for web, OLTP, JMS and grid applications. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no investment on engineered systems: customers do not have the choice to deploy on a Java ultra fast system if their project becomes relevant and performance issues are detected. - WebLogic Server 12c maintains a performance gain across each new release: starting on WebLogic 5.1, the overall performance gain has been close to 4X, which close to a 20% gain release by release. JBoss on the other hand does not provide SPECJAppServer or SPECJEnterprise performance benchmarks. Their so called "performance gains" remains hidden in their customer environments, which lead us to think if it is true or not since we will never get access to those environments. - WebLogic Server 12c has industry performance benchmarks with submissions across platforms and configurations leading SPECJ. Oracle WebLogic leads SPECJAppServer performance in multiple categories, fitting all customer topologies like: dual-node, single-node, multi-node and multi-node with RAC. JBoss... again, does not provide any SPECJAppServer performance benchmarks. - WebLogic Server 12c has a feature called work manager which allows your application to embrace new performance levels based on critical resource utilization of the CPUs usage. Work managers prioritizes work and allocates threads based on an execution model that takes into account administrator-defined parameters and actual run-time performance and throughput. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand has no compared feature and probably they never will. Not supporting such feature like work managers, JBoss EAP 6 forces admin people and specially developers to uncover performance gains in a intrusive way, rewriting the code and doing performance refactorings. 11) Professional Services Support - WebLogic Server 12c and any other technology sold by Oracle give customers the possibility of hire OCS ("Oracle Consulting Services") to manage critical scenarios, deployment assistance of new applications, high skilled consultancy of architecture, best practices and people allocation together with customer teams. All OCS services are available without any restrictions, having the customer bought software from Oracle or just starting their implementation before any acquisition. JBoss EAP 6 or Red Hat to be more specifically, only offers professional services if you buy subscriptions from them. If you are developing a new critical application for your business and need the help of Red Hat for a serious issue or architecture decision, they will probably say: "OK... I can help you but after you buy subscriptions from me". Red Hat also does not allows their professional services consultants to manage environments that uses community based software. They will probably force you to first buy a subscription, download their "enterprise" version and them, optionally hire their consultants. - Oracle provides you our university to educate your team into our technologies, including of course specialized trainings of WebLogic application server. At any time and location, you can hire Oracle to train your team so you get trustful knowledge according to your specific needs. Certifications for the products are also available if your technical people desire to differentiate themselves as professionals. Red Hat on the other hand have a limited pool of resources to train your team in their technologies. Basically they are selling training and certification for RHEL ("Red Hat Enterprise Linux") but if you demand more specialized training in JBoss middleware, they will probably connect you to some "certified" partner localized training since they are apparently discontinuing their education center, at least here in Brazil. They were not able to reproduce their success with RHEL education to their middleware division since they need first sell the subscriptions to after gives you specialized training. And again, they only offer you specialized training based on their enterprise version (EAP in the case of JBoss) which means that the courses will be a quite outdated. There are reports of developers that took official training's from Red Hat at this year (2012) and in a certain JBoss advanced course, Red Hat supposedly covered JBossMQ as the messaging subsystem, and even the printed material provided was based on JBossMQ since the training was created for JBoss EAP 4.3. 12) Encouraging Transparency without Ulterior Motives - WebLogic Server 12c like any other software from Oracle can be downloaded any time from anywhere, you should only possess an OTN ("Oracle Technology Network") credential and you can download any enterprise software how many times you want. And is not some kind of "trial" version. It is the official binaries that will be running for ever in your data center. Oracle does not encourages the usage of "specific versions" of our software. The binaries you buy from Oracle are the same binaries anyone in the world could download and use for testing and personal education. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand are not available for download unless you buy a subscription and get access to the Red Hat enterprise repositories. If you need to test, learn or just start creating your application using Red Hat's middleware software, you should download it from the community website. You are not allowed to download the enterprise version that, according to Red Hat are more secure, reliable and robust. But no one of us want to start the development of a software with an unsecured, unreliable and not scalable middleware right? So what you do? You are "invited" by Red Hat to buy subscriptions from them to get access to the "cool" version of the software. - WebLogic Server 12c prices are publicly available in the Oracle website. If you want to know right now how much WebLogic will cost to your organization, just click here and get access to our price list. In the case of WebLogic, check out the "US Oracle Technology Commercial Price List". Oracle also encourages you to get in touch with a sales representative to discuss discounts that would make possible the investment into our technology. But you are not required to do this, only if you are interested in buying our technology or maybe you want to discuss some discount scenarios. JBoss EAP 6 on the other hand does not have its cost publicly available in Red Hat's website or in any other media, at least is not so easy to get such information. The only link you will possibly find in their website is a "Contact a Sales Representative" link. This is not a very good relationship between an customer and an vendor. This is not an example of transparency, mainly when the software are sold as open. In this situations, customers expects to see the software prices publicly available, so they can have the chance to decide, based on the existing features of the software, if the cost is fair or not. Conclusion Oracle WebLogic is the most mature, secure, reliable and scalable Java EE application server of the market, and have a proven record of success around the globe to prove it's majority. Don't lose the chance to discover today how WebLogic could fit your needs and sustain your global IT middleware strategy, no matter if your strategy are completely based on the Cloud or not.

    Read the article

  • Building a better mouse-trap &ndash; Improving the creation of XML Message Requests using Reflection, XML &amp; XSLT

    - by paulschapman
    Introduction The way I previously created messages to send to the GovTalk service I used the XMLDocument to create the request. While this worked it left a number of problems; not least that for every message a special function would need to created. This is OK for the short term but the biggest cost in any software project is maintenance and this would be a headache to maintain. So the following is a somewhat better way of achieving the same thing. For the purposes of this article I am going to be using the CompanyNumberSearch request of the GovTalk service – although this technique would work for any service that accepted XML. The C# functions which send and receive the messages remain the same. The magic sauce in this is the XSLT which defines the structure of the request, and the use of objects in conjunction with reflection to provide the content. It is a bit like Sweet Chilli Sauce added to Chicken on a bed of rice. So on to the Sweet Chilli Sauce The Sweet Chilli Sauce The request to search for a company based on it’s number is as follows; <GovTalkMessage xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" > <EnvelopeVersion>1.0</EnvelopeVersion> <Header> <MessageDetails> <Class>NumberSearch</Class> <Qualifier>request</Qualifier> <TransactionID>1</TransactionID> </MessageDetails> <SenderDetails> <IDAuthentication> <SenderID>????????????????????????????????</SenderID> <Authentication> <Method>CHMD5</Method> <Value>????????????????????????????????</Value> </Authentication> </IDAuthentication> </SenderDetails> </Header> <GovTalkDetails> <Keys/> </GovTalkDetails> <Body> <NumberSearchRequest xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/NumberSearch.xsd"> <PartialCompanyNumber>99999999</PartialCompanyNumber> <DataSet>LIVE</DataSet> <SearchRows>1</SearchRows> </NumberSearchRequest> </Body> </GovTalkMessage> This is the XML that we send to the GovTalk Service and we get back a list of companies that match the criteria passed A message is structured in two parts; The envelope which identifies the person sending the request, with the name of the request, and the body which gives the detail of the company we are looking for. The Chilli What makes it possible is the use of XSLT to define the message – and serialization to convert each request object into XML. To start we need to create an object which will represent the contents of the message we are sending. However there is a common properties in all the messages that we send to Companies House. These properties are as follows SenderId – the id of the person sending the message SenderPassword – the password associated with Id TransactionId – Unique identifier for the message AuthenticationValue – authenticates the request Because these properties are unique to the Companies House message, and because they are shared with all messages they are perfect candidates for a base class. The class is as follows; using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Security.Cryptography; using System.Text; using System.Text.RegularExpressions; using Microsoft.WindowsAzure.ServiceRuntime; namespace CompanyHub.Services { public class GovTalkRequest { public GovTalkRequest() { try { SenderID = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("SenderId"); SenderPassword = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("SenderPassword"); TransactionId = DateTime.Now.Ticks.ToString(); AuthenticationValue = EncodePassword(String.Format("{0}{1}{2}", SenderID, SenderPassword, TransactionId)); } catch (System.Exception ex) { throw ex; } } /// <summary> /// returns the Sender ID to be used when communicating with the GovTalk Service /// </summary> public String SenderID { get; set; } /// <summary> /// return the password to be used when communicating with the GovTalk Service /// </summary> public String SenderPassword { get; set; } // end SenderPassword /// <summary> /// Transaction Id - uses the Time and Date converted to Ticks /// </summary> public String TransactionId { get; set; } // end TransactionId /// <summary> /// calculate the authentication value that will be used when /// communicating with /// </summary> public String AuthenticationValue { get; set; } // end AuthenticationValue property /// <summary> /// encodes password(s) using MD5 /// </summary> /// <param name="clearPassword"></param> /// <returns></returns> public static String EncodePassword(String clearPassword) { MD5CryptoServiceProvider md5Hasher = new MD5CryptoServiceProvider(); byte[] hashedBytes; UTF32Encoding encoder = new UTF32Encoding(); hashedBytes = md5Hasher.ComputeHash(ASCIIEncoding.Default.GetBytes(clearPassword)); String result = Regex.Replace(BitConverter.ToString(hashedBytes), "-", "").ToLower(); return result; } } } There is nothing particularly clever here, except for the EncodePassword method which hashes the value made up of the SenderId, Password and Transaction id. Each message inherits from this object. So for the Company Number Search in addition to the properties above we need a partial number, which dataset to search – for the purposes of the project we only need to search the LIVE set so this can be set in the constructor and the SearchRows. Again all are set as properties. With the SearchRows and DataSet initialized in the constructor. public class CompanyNumberSearchRequest : GovTalkRequest, IDisposable { /// <summary> /// /// </summary> public CompanyNumberSearchRequest() : base() { DataSet = "LIVE"; SearchRows = 1; } /// <summary> /// Company Number to search against /// </summary> public String PartialCompanyNumber { get; set; } /// <summary> /// What DataSet should be searched for the company /// </summary> public String DataSet { get; set; } /// <summary> /// How many rows should be returned /// </summary> public int SearchRows { get; set; } public void Dispose() { DataSet = String.Empty; PartialCompanyNumber = String.Empty; DataSet = "LIVE"; SearchRows = 1; } } As well as inheriting from our base class, I have also inherited from IDisposable – not just because it is just plain good practice to dispose of objects when coding, but it gives also gives us more versatility when using the object. There are four stages in making a request and this is reflected in the four methods we execute in making a call to the Companies House service; Create a request Send a request Check the status If OK then get the results of the request I’ve implemented each of these stages within a static class called Toolbox – which also means I don’t need to create an instance of the class to use it. When making a request there are three stages; Get the template for the message Serialize the object representing the message Transform the serialized object using a predefined XSLT file. Each of my templates I have defined as an embedded resource. When retrieving a resource of this kind we have to include the full namespace to the resource. In making the code re-usable as much as possible I defined the full ‘path’ within the GetRequest method. requestFile = String.Format("CompanyHub.Services.Schemas.{0}", RequestFile); So we now have the full path of the file within the assembly. Now all we need do is retrieve the assembly and get the resource. asm = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); sr = asm.GetManifestResourceStream(requestFile); Once retrieved  So this can be returned to the calling function and we now have a stream of XSLT to define the message. Time now to serialize the request to create the other side of this message. // Serialize object containing Request, Load into XML Document t = Obj.GetType(); ms = new MemoryStream(); serializer = new XmlSerializer(t); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); serializer.Serialize(xmlTextWriter, Obj); ms = (MemoryStream)xmlTextWriter.BaseStream; GovTalkRequest = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(ms.ToArray()); First off we need the type of the object so we make a call to the GetType method of the object containing the Message properties. Next we need a MemoryStream, XmlSerializer and an XMLTextWriter so these can be initialized. The object is serialized by making the call to the Serialize method of the serializer object. The result of that is then converted into a MemoryStream. That MemoryStream is then converted into a string. ConvertByteArrayToString This is a fairly simple function which uses an ASCIIEncoding object found within the System.Text namespace to convert an array of bytes into a string. public static String ConvertByteArrayToString(byte[] bytes) { System.Text.ASCIIEncoding enc = new System.Text.ASCIIEncoding(); return enc.GetString(bytes); } I only put it into a function because I will be using this in various places. The Sauce When adding support for other messages outside of creating a new object to store the properties of the message, the C# components do not need to change. It is in the XSLT file that the versatility of the technique lies. The XSLT file determines the format of the message. For the CompanyNumberSearch the XSLT file is as follows; <?xml version="1.0"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"> <xsl:template match="/"> <GovTalkMessage xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" > <EnvelopeVersion>1.0</EnvelopeVersion> <Header> <MessageDetails> <Class>NumberSearch</Class> <Qualifier>request</Qualifier> <TransactionID> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/TransactionId"/> </TransactionID> </MessageDetails> <SenderDetails> <IDAuthentication> <SenderID><xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/SenderID"/></SenderID> <Authentication> <Method>CHMD5</Method> <Value> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/AuthenticationValue"/> </Value> </Authentication> </IDAuthentication> </SenderDetails> </Header> <GovTalkDetails> <Keys/> </GovTalkDetails> <Body> <NumberSearchRequest xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:noNamespaceSchemaLocation="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/NumberSearch.xsd"> <PartialCompanyNumber> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/PartialCompanyNumber"/> </PartialCompanyNumber> <DataSet> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/DataSet"/> </DataSet> <SearchRows> <xsl:value-of select="CompanyNumberSearchRequest/SearchRows"/> </SearchRows> </NumberSearchRequest> </Body> </GovTalkMessage> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> The outer two tags define that this is a XSLT stylesheet and the root tag from which the nodes are searched for. The GovTalkMessage is the format of the message that will be sent to Companies House. We first set up the XslCompiledTransform object which will transform the XSLT template and the serialized object into the request to Companies House. xslt = new XslCompiledTransform(); resultStream = new MemoryStream(); writer = new XmlTextWriter(resultStream, Encoding.ASCII); doc = new XmlDocument(); The Serialize method require XmlTextWriter to write the XML (writer) and a stream to place the transferred object into (writer). The XML will be loaded into an XMLDocument object (doc) prior to the transformation. // create XSLT Template xslTemplate = Toolbox.GetRequest(Template); xslTemplate.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); templateReader = XmlReader.Create(xslTemplate); xslt.Load(templateReader); I have stored all the templates as a series of Embedded Resources and the GetRequestCall takes the name of the template and extracts the relevent XSLT file. /// <summary> /// Gets the framwork XML which makes the request /// </summary> /// <param name="RequestFile"></param> /// <returns></returns> public static Stream GetRequest(String RequestFile) { String requestFile = String.Empty; Stream sr = null; Assembly asm = null; try { requestFile = String.Format("CompanyHub.Services.Schemas.{0}", RequestFile); asm = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); sr = asm.GetManifestResourceStream(requestFile); } catch (Exception) { throw; } finally { asm = null; } return sr; } // end private static stream GetRequest We first take the template name and expand it to include the full namespace to the Embedded Resource I like to keep all my schemas in the same directory and so the namespace reflects this. The rest is the default namespace for the project. Then we get the currently executing assembly (which will contain the resources with the call to GetExecutingAssembly() ) Finally we get a stream which contains the XSLT file. We use this stream and then load an XmlReader with the contents of the template, and that is in turn loaded into the XslCompiledTransform object. We convert the object containing the message properties into Xml by serializing it; calling the Serialize() method of the XmlSerializer object. To set up the object we do the following; t = Obj.GetType(); ms = new MemoryStream(); serializer = new XmlSerializer(t); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); We first determine the type of the object being transferred by calling GetType() We create an XmlSerializer object by passing the type of the object being serialized. The serializer writes to a memory stream and that is linked to an XmlTextWriter. Next job is to serialize the object and load it into an XmlDocument. serializer.Serialize(xmlTextWriter, Obj); ms = (MemoryStream)xmlTextWriter.BaseStream; xmlRequest = new XmlTextReader(ms); GovTalkRequest = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(ms.ToArray()); doc.LoadXml(GovTalkRequest); Time to transform the XML to construct the full request. xslt.Transform(doc, writer); resultStream.Seek(0, SeekOrigin.Begin); request = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(resultStream.ToArray()); So that creates the full request to be sent  to Companies House. Sending the request So far we have a string with a request for the Companies House service. Now we need to send the request to the Companies House Service. Configuration within an Azure project There are entire blog entries written about configuration within an Azure project – most of this is out of scope for this article but the following is a summary. Configuration is defined in two files within the parent project *.csdef which contains the definition of configuration setting. <?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> <ServiceDefinition name="OnlineCompanyHub" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceDefinition"> <WebRole name="CompanyHub.Host"> <InputEndpoints> <InputEndpoint name="HttpIn" protocol="http" port="80" /> </InputEndpoints> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> <Setting name="DataConnectionString" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </WebRole> <WebRole name="CompanyHub.Services"> <InputEndpoints> <InputEndpoint name="HttpIn" protocol="http" port="8080" /> </InputEndpoints> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> <Setting name="SenderId"/> <Setting name="SenderPassword" /> <Setting name="GovTalkUrl"/> </ConfigurationSettings> </WebRole> <WorkerRole name="CompanyHub.Worker"> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </WorkerRole> </ServiceDefinition>   Above is the configuration definition from the project. What we are interested in however is the ConfigurationSettings tag of the CompanyHub.Services WebRole. There are four configuration settings here, but at the moment we are interested in the second to forth settings; SenderId, SenderPassword and GovTalkUrl The value of these settings are defined in the ServiceDefinition.cscfg file; <?xml version="1.0"?> <ServiceConfiguration serviceName="OnlineCompanyHub" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/ServiceHosting/2008/10/ServiceConfiguration"> <Role name="CompanyHub.Host"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="DataConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> <Role name="CompanyHub.Services"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> <Setting name="SenderId" value="UserID"/> <Setting name="SenderPassword" value="Password"/> <Setting name="GovTalkUrl" value="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/xmlgw/Gateway"/> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> <Role name="CompanyHub.Worker"> <Instances count="2" /> <ConfigurationSettings> <Setting name="DiagnosticsConnectionString" value="UseDevelopmentStorage=true" /> </ConfigurationSettings> </Role> </ServiceConfiguration>   Look for the Role tag that contains our project name (CompanyHub.Services). Having configured the parameters we can now transmit the request. This is done by ‘POST’ing a stream of XML to the Companies House servers. govTalkUrl = RoleEnvironment.GetConfigurationSettingValue("GovTalkUrl"); request = WebRequest.Create(govTalkUrl); request.Method = "POST"; request.ContentType = "text/xml"; writer = new StreamWriter(request.GetRequestStream()); writer.WriteLine(RequestMessage); writer.Close(); We use the WebRequest object to send the object. Set the method of sending to ‘POST’ and the type of data as text/xml. Once set up all we do is write the request to the writer – this sends the request to Companies House. Did the Request Work Part I – Getting the response Having sent a request – we now need the result of that request. response = request.GetResponse(); reader = response.GetResponseStream(); result = Toolbox.ConvertByteArrayToString(Toolbox.ReadFully(reader));   The WebRequest object has a GetResponse() method which allows us to get the response sent back. Like many of these calls the results come in the form of a stream which we convert into a string. Did the Request Work Part II – Translating the Response Much like XSLT and XML were used to create the original request, so it can be used to extract the response and by deserializing the result we create an object that contains the response. Did it work? It would be really great if everything worked all the time. Of course if it did then I don’t suppose people would pay me and others the big bucks so that our programmes do not a) Collapse in a heap (this is an area of memory) b) Blow every fuse in the place in a shower of sparks (this will probably not happen this being real life and not a Hollywood movie, but it was possible to blow the sound system of a BBC Model B with a poorly coded setting) c) Go nuts and trap everyone outside the airlock (this was from a movie, and unless NASA get a manned moon/mars mission set up unlikely to happen) d) Go nuts and take over the world (this was also from a movie, but please note life has a habit of being of exceeding the wildest imaginations of Hollywood writers (note writers – Hollywood executives have no imagination and judging by recent output of that town have turned plagiarism into an art form). e) Freeze in total confusion because the cleaner pulled the plug to the internet router (this has happened) So anyway – we need to check to see if our request actually worked. Within the GovTalk response there is a section that details the status of the message and a description of what went wrong (if anything did). I have defined an XSLT template which will extract these into an XML document. <?xml version="1.0"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:ev="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"> <xsl:template match="/"> <GovTalkStatus xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <Status> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Header/ev:MessageDetails/ev:Qualifier"/> </Status> <Text> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Text"/> </Text> <Location> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Location"/> </Location> <Number> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Number"/> </Number> <Type> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:GovTalkDetails/ev:GovTalkErrors/ev:Error/ev:Type"/> </Type> </GovTalkStatus> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet>   Only thing different about previous XSL files is the references to two namespaces ev & gt. These are defined in the GovTalk response at the top of the response; xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema/Egov_ch-v2-0.xsd" xmlns="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:dsig="http://www.w3.org/2000/09/xmldsig#" xmlns:gt="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/schemas/govtalk/core" If we do not put these references into the XSLT template then  the XslCompiledTransform object will not be able to find the relevant tags. Deserialization is a fairly simple activity. encoder = new ASCIIEncoding(); ms = new MemoryStream(encoder.GetBytes(statusXML)); serializer = new XmlSerializer(typeof(GovTalkStatus)); xmlTextWriter = new XmlTextWriter(ms, Encoding.ASCII); messageStatus = (GovTalkStatus)serializer.Deserialize(ms);   We set up a serialization object using the object type containing the error state and pass to it the results of a transformation between the XSLT above and the GovTalk response. Now we have an object containing any error state, and the error message. All we need to do is check the status. If there is an error then we can flag an error. If not then  we extract the results and pass that as an object back to the calling function. We go this by guess what – defining an XSLT template for the result and using that to create an Xml Stream which can be deserialized into a .Net object. In this instance the XSLT to create the result of a Company Number Search is; <?xml version="1.0" encoding="us-ascii"?> <xsl:stylesheet version="1.0" xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform" xmlns:ev="http://www.govtalk.gov.uk/CM/envelope" xmlns:sch="http://xmlgw.companieshouse.gov.uk/v1-0/schema" exclude-result-prefixes="ev"> <xsl:template match="/"> <CompanySearchResult xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> <CompanyNumber> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Body/sch:NumberSearch/sch:CoSearchItem/sch:CompanyNumber"/> </CompanyNumber> <CompanyName> <xsl:value-of select="ev:GovTalkMessage/ev:Body/sch:NumberSearch/sch:CoSearchItem/sch:CompanyName"/> </CompanyName> </CompanySearchResult> </xsl:template> </xsl:stylesheet> and the object definition is; using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; namespace CompanyHub.Services { public class CompanySearchResult { public CompanySearchResult() { CompanyNumber = String.Empty; CompanyName = String.Empty; } public String CompanyNumber { get; set; } public String CompanyName { get; set; } } } Our entire code to make calls to send a request, and interpret the results are; String request = String.Empty; String response = String.Empty; GovTalkStatus status = null; fault = null; try { using (CompanyNumberSearchRequest requestObj = new CompanyNumberSearchRequest()) { requestObj.PartialCompanyNumber = CompanyNumber; request = Toolbox.CreateRequest(requestObj, "CompanyNumberSearch.xsl"); response = Toolbox.SendGovTalkRequest(request); status = Toolbox.GetMessageStatus(response); if (status.Status.ToLower() == "error") { fault = new HubFault() { Message = status.Text }; } else { Object obj = Toolbox.GetGovTalkResponse(response, "CompanyNumberSearchResult.xsl", typeof(CompanySearchResult)); } } } catch (FaultException<ArgumentException> ex) { fault = new HubFault() { FaultType = ex.Detail.GetType().FullName, Message = ex.Detail.Message }; } catch (System.Exception ex) { fault = new HubFault() { FaultType = ex.GetType().FullName, Message = ex.Message }; } finally { } Wrap up So there we have it – a reusable set of functions to send and interpret XML results from an internet based service. The code is reusable with a little change with any service which uses XML as a transport mechanism – and as for the Companies House GovTalk service all I need to do is create various objects for the result and message sent and the relevent XSLT files. I might need minor changes for other services but something like 70-90% will be exactly the same.

    Read the article

  • Cache Class compilation error using parent-child relationships and cache sql storage

    - by Fred Altman
    I have the global listed below that I'm trying to create a couple of cache classes using sql stoarage for: ^WHEAIPP(1,26,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,26,1,1)="58074^^SMSNARE^58311" 2)="58074^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,29,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,29,1,1)="58074^^SMSNARE^58311" 2)="58074^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,93,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,93,1,1)="58884^^SSNARE^58948" 2)="58884^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,166,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,166,1,1)="58407^^SMSNARE^58420" 2)="58407^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,324,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,324,1,1)="58884^^SSNARE^58948" 2)="58884^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,419,1)=3 ^WHEAIPP(1,419,1,1)="59707^^SSNARE^59708" 2)="59707^^MPHILLIPS^59910,58000^^^^" 3)="59707^59981^SSNARE^60117,53241^^^^" The first two subscripts of the global (Hmo and Keen) make a unique entry. The third subscript (Seq) has a property (IppLineCount) which is the number of IppLines in the fourth subscript level (Seq2). I create the class WIppProv below which is the parent class: /// <PRE> /// ============================ /// Generated Class Definition /// Table: WMCA_B_IPP_PROV /// Generated by: FXALTMAN /// Generated on: 05/21/2012 13:46:41 /// Generator: XWESTblClsGenV2 /// ---------------------------- /// </PRE> Class XFXA.MCA.WIppProv Extends (%Persistent, %XML.Adaptor) [ ClassType = persistent, Inheritance = right, ProcedureBlock, StorageStrategy = SQLMapping ] { /// .HMO Property Hmo As %Integer; /// .KEEN Property Keen As %Integer; /// .SEQ Property Seq As %String; Property IppLineCount As %Integer; Index iMaster On (Hmo, Keen, Seq) [ IdKey, Unique ]; Relationship IppLines As XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine [ Cardinality = many, Inverse = relWIppProv ]; <Storage name="SQLMapping"> <DataLocation>^WHEAIPP</DataLocation> <ExtentSize>1000000</ExtentSize> <SQLMap name="DBMS"> <Data name="IppLineCount"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>1</Piece> </Data> <Global>^WHEAIPP</Global> <PopulationType>full</PopulationType> <Subscript name="1"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Hmo}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="2"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Keen}</Expression> </Subscript> <Subscript name="3"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> <Expression>{Seq}</Expression> </Subscript> <Type>data</Type> </SQLMap> <StreamLocation>^XFXA.MCA.WIppProvS</StreamLocation> <Type>%Library.CacheSQLStorage</Type> </Storage> } This class compiles fine. Next I created the WIppProvLine class listed below and made a parent-child relationship between the two: /// Used to represent a single line of IPP data Class XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine Extends (%Persistent, %XML.Adaptor) [ ClassType = persistent, Inheritance = right, ProcedureBlock, StorageStrategy = SQLMapping ] { /// .CLM_AMT_ALLOWED node: 0 piece: 6<BR> /// This field should be used in conjunction with the Claim Operator field to /// define a whole claim dollar amount at which a particular claim should be /// flagged with a Pend status. Property ClmAmtAllowed As %String; /// .CLM_LINE_AMT_ALLOWED node: 0 piece: 8<BR> /// This field should be used in conjunction with the Clm Line Operator field to /// define a claim line dollar amount at which a particular claim should be flagged /// with a Pend status. Property ClmLineAmtAllowed As %String; /// .CLM_LINE_OP node: 0 piece: 7<BR> /// A new Table/Column Reference that gives the SIU (Special Investigative Unit) /// the ability to look for claim line dollars above, below, or equal to a set /// amount. Property ClmLineOp As %String; /// .CLM_OP node: 0 piece: 5<BR> /// A new Table/Column Reference that gives the SIU (Special Investigative Unit) /// the ability to look for claim dollars above, below, or equal to a set amount. Property ClmOp As %String; Property EffDt As %Date; Property Hmo As %Integer; /// .IPP_REASON node: 0 piece: 10<BR> /// IPP Reason Code Property IppCode As %Integer; Property Keen As %Integer; /// .LAST_CHG_DT node: 0 piece: 4<BR> /// Last Changed Date Property LastChgDt As %Date; /// .PX_DX_CDE_FLAG node: 0 piece: 9<BR> /// A Flag to indicate whether or not Procedure Codes or Diagnosis Codes are to be /// associated with this SIU Flag Type Entry. If the Flag = Y, then control would /// jump to a new screen where the user can enter the necessary codes. Property PxDxCdeFlag As %String; Property Seq As %String; Property Seq2 As %String; Index iMaster On (Hmo, Keen, Seq, Seq2) [ IdKey, PrimaryKey, Unique ]; /// .TERM_DT node: 0 piece: 2<BR> /// Term Date Property TermDt As %Date; /// .USER_INI node: 0 piece: 3 Property UserIni As %String; Relationship relWIppProv As XFXA.MCA.WIppProv [ Cardinality = one, Inverse = IppLines ]; Index relWIppProvIndex On relWIppProv; //Index NewIndex1 On (RelWIppProv, Seq2) [ IdKey, PrimaryKey, Unique ]; <Storage name="SQLMapping"> <ExtentSize>1000000</ExtentSize> <SQLMap name="DBMS"> <ConditionalWithHostVars></ConditionalWithHostVars> <Data name="ClmAmtAllowed"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>6</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmLineAmtAllowed"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>8</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmLineOp"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>7</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmOp"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>5</Piece> </Data> <Data name="EffDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>1</Piece> </Data> <Data name="Hmo"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>11</Piece> </Data> <Data name="IppCode"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>10</Piece> </Data> <Data name="LastChgDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>4</Piece> </Data> <Data name="PxDxCdeFlag"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>9</Piece> </Data> <Data name="TermDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>2</Piece> </Data> <Data name="UserIni"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>3</Piece> </Data> <Global>^WHEAIPP</Global> <Subscript name="1"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Hmo}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="2"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Keen}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="3"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Seq}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="4"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Seq2}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Type>data</Type> </SQLMap> <StreamLocation>^XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLineS</StreamLocation> <Type>%Library.CacheSQLStorage</Type> </Storage> } When I try to compile this one I get the following error: ERROR #5502: Error compiling SQL Table 'XFXA_MCA.WIppProvLine %msg: Table XFXA_MCA.WIppProvLine has the following unmapped (not defined on the data map) fields: relWIppProv' ERROR #5030: An error occurred while compiling class XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine Detected 1 errors during compilation in 2.745s. What am I doing wrong? Thanks in Advance, Fred

    Read the article

  • Auto complete from database using CodeIgniter (Active Record)

    - by Ralph David Abernathy
    I have a form on my website in which one is able to submit a cat. The form contains inputs such as "Name" and "Gender", but I am just trying to get the auto completion to work with the "Name" field. Here is what my jquery looks like : $(document).ready(function() { $( "#tags" ).autocomplete({ source: '/Anish/auto_cat' }); }); Here is what my model looks like: public function auto_cat($search_term) { $this->db->like('name', $search_term); $response = $this->db->get('anish_cats')->result_array(); // var_dump($response);die; return $response; } } Here is my controller: public function auto_cat(){ $search_term = $this->input->get('term'); $cats = $this->Anish_m->auto_cat($search_term); } And here is my view: <head> <link rel="stylesheet" href="http://code.jquery.com/ui/1.10.3/themes/smoothness/jquery-ui.css" /> <script src="http://code.jquery.com/jquery-1.9.1.js"></script> <script src="http://code.jquery.com/ui/1.10.3/jquery-ui.js"></script> <link rel="stylesheet" href="/resources/demos/style.css" /> </head> <h1>Anish's Page</h1> <form action="/Anish/create" method="POST"> <div class="ui-widget"> <label for="tags">Name</label><input id="tags" type="text" name="name"> </div> <div> <label>Age</label><input type="text" name="age"> </div> <div> <label>Gender</label><input type="text" name="gender"> </div> <div> <label>Species</label><input type="text" name="species"> </div> <div> <label>Eye Color</label><input type="text" name="eye_color"> </div> <div> <label>Color</label><input type="text" name="color"> </div> <div> <label>Description</label><input type="text" name="description"> </div> <div> <label>marital status</label><input type="text" name="marital_status"> </div> <br> <button type="submit" class="btn btn-block btn-primary span1">Add cat</button> </form> <br/><br/><br/><br/> <table class="table table-striped table-bordered table-hover"> <thead> <tr> <th>Name</th> <th>Gender</th> <th>Age</th> <th>Species</th> <th>Eye Color</th> <th>Color</th> <th>Description</th> <th>Marital Status</th> <th>Edit</th> <th>Delete</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <?php foreach ($cats as $cat):?> <tr> <td> <?php echo ($cat['name']);?><br/> </td> <td> <?php echo ($cat['gender']);?><br/> </td> <td> <?php echo ($cat['age']);?><br/> </td> <td> <?php echo ($cat['species']);?><br/> </td> <td> <?php echo ($cat['eye_color']);?><br/> </td> <td> <?php echo ($cat['color']);?><br/> </td> <td> <?php echo ($cat['description']);?><br/> </td> <td> <?php echo ($cat['marital_status']);?><br/> </td> <td> <form action="/Anish/edit" method="post"> <input type="hidden" value="<?php echo ($cat['id']);?>" name="Anish_id_edit"> <button class="btn btn-block btn-info">Edit</button> </form> </td> <td> <form action="/Anish/delete" method="post"> <input type="hidden" value="<?php echo ($cat['id']);?>" name="Anish_id"> <button class="btn btn-block btn-danger">Delete</button> </form> </td> </tr> <?php endforeach;?> </tbody> </table> I am stuck. In my console, I am able to see this output when I type the letter 'a' if I uncomment the var_dump in my model: array(4) { [0]=> array(9) { ["id"]=> string(2) "13" ["name"]=> string(5) "Anish" ["gender"]=> string(4) "Male" ["age"]=> string(2) "20" ["species"]=> string(3) "Cat" ["eye_color"]=> string(5) "Brown" ["color"]=> string(5) "Black" ["description"]=> string(7) "Awesome" ["marital_status"]=> string(1) "0" } [1]=> array(9) { ["id"]=> string(2) "16" ["name"]=> string(5) "Anish" ["gender"]=> string(2) "fe" ["age"]=> string(2) "23" ["species"]=> string(2) "fe" ["eye_color"]=> string(2) "fe" ["color"]=> string(2) "fe" ["description"]=> string(2) "fe" ["marital_status"]=> string(1) "1" } [2]=> array(9) { ["id"]=> string(2) "17" ["name"]=> string(1) "a" ["gender"]=> string(1) "a" ["age"]=> string(1) "4" ["species"]=> string(1) "a" ["eye_color"]=> string(1) "a" ["color"]=> string(1) "a" ["description"]=> string(1) "a" ["marital_status"]=> string(1) "0" } [3]=> array(9) { ["id"]=> string(2) "18" ["name"]=> string(4) "Matt" ["gender"]=> string(6) "Female" ["age"]=> string(2) "80" ["species"]=> string(6) "ferret" ["eye_color"]=> string(4) "blue" ["color"]=> string(4) "pink" ["description"]=> string(5) "Chill" ["marital_status"]=> string(1) "0" } }

    Read the article

  • Garbled text in Screen [closed]

    - by Prabin Dahal
    The graphical Interface in my system is garbled with some text. At the beginning I thought it was due to java and tomcat that I installed. But after removing java and tomcat, it is still the same. I am using ubuntu server and i have installed xfce desktop environment with oboard softkey I have added my dmesg output to this message. What is the problem here. I am not able to figure it out. Thank you for your help. Prabin [ 0.390936] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbfs [ 0.391006] usbcore: registered new interface driver hub [ 0.391147] usbcore: registered new device driver usb [ 0.391580] PCI: Using ACPI for IRQ routing [ 0.400509] PCI: pci_cache_line_size set to 64 bytes [ 0.400669] reserve RAM buffer: 000000000009ec00 - 000000000009ffff [ 0.400681] reserve RAM buffer: 000000007f597000 - 000000007fffffff [ 0.400699] reserve RAM buffer: 000000007f6f0000 - 000000007fffffff [ 0.401135] NetLabel: Initializing [ 0.401155] NetLabel: domain hash size = 128 [ 0.401168] NetLabel: protocols = UNLABELED CIPSOv4 [ 0.401212] NetLabel: unlabeled traffic allowed by default [ 0.401466] HPET: 3 timers in total, 0 timers will be used for per-cpu timer [ 0.401494] hpet0: at MMIO 0xfed00000, IRQs 2, 8, 0 [ 0.401520] hpet0: 3 comparators, 64-bit 14.318180 MHz counter [ 0.408228] Switching to clocksource hpet [ 0.434341] AppArmor: AppArmor Filesystem Enabled [ 0.434447] pnp: PnP ACPI init [ 0.434531] ACPI: bus type pnp registered [ 0.434784] pnp 00:00: [bus 00-ff] [ 0.434794] pnp 00:00: [io 0x0cf8-0x0cff] [ 0.434804] pnp 00:00: [io 0x0000-0x0cf7 window] [ 0.434813] pnp 00:00: [io 0x0d00-0xffff window] [ 0.434822] pnp 00:00: [mem 0x000a0000-0x000bffff window] [ 0.434831] pnp 00:00: [mem 0x00000000 window] [ 0.434840] pnp 00:00: [mem 0x80000000-0xffffffff window] [ 0.435018] pnp 00:00: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0a08 PNP0a03 (active) [ 0.435526] pnp 00:01: [mem 0xe0000000-0xefffffff] [ 0.435537] pnp 00:01: [mem 0x7f700000-0x7f7fffff] [ 0.435545] pnp 00:01: [mem 0x7f800000-0x7fffffff] [ 0.435554] pnp 00:01: [mem 0xfee00000-0xfeefffff] [ 0.435727] system 00:01: [mem 0xe0000000-0xefffffff] has been reserved [ 0.435754] system 00:01: [mem 0x7f700000-0x7f7fffff] has been reserved [ 0.435775] system 00:01: [mem 0x7f800000-0x7fffffff] has been reserved [ 0.435796] system 00:01: [mem 0xfee00000-0xfeefffff] has been reserved [ 0.435818] system 00:01: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c01 (active) [ 0.436233] pnp 00:02: [io 0x0000-0xffffffffffffffff disabled] [ 0.436245] pnp 00:02: [io 0x0000-0xffffffffffffffff disabled] [ 0.436414] system 00:02: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c02 (active) [ 0.436512] pnp 00:03: [io 0x0060] [ 0.436521] pnp 00:03: [io 0x0064] [ 0.436548] pnp 00:03: [irq 1] [ 0.436682] pnp 00:03: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0303 PNP030b (active) [ 0.436825] pnp 00:04: [irq 12] [ 0.436958] pnp 00:04: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0f03 PNP0f13 (active) [ 0.437835] pnp 00:05: [io 0x03f8-0x03ff] [ 0.437861] pnp 00:05: [irq 4] [ 0.437870] pnp 00:05: [dma 0 disabled] [ 0.438142] pnp 00:05: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0501 (active) [ 0.439014] pnp 00:06: [io 0x02f8-0x02ff] [ 0.439036] pnp 00:06: [irq 3] [ 0.439045] pnp 00:06: [dma 0 disabled] [ 0.439297] pnp 00:06: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0501 (active) [ 0.439346] pnp 00:07: [io 0x0000-0x000f] [ 0.439355] pnp 00:07: [io 0x0081-0x0083] [ 0.439363] pnp 00:07: [io 0x0087] [ 0.439371] pnp 00:07: [io 0x0089-0x008b] [ 0.439380] pnp 00:07: [io 0x008f] [ 0.439388] pnp 00:07: [io 0x00c0-0x00df] [ 0.439563] system 00:07: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c01 (active) [ 0.439617] pnp 00:08: [io 0x0070-0x0077] [ 0.439639] pnp 00:08: [irq 8] [ 0.439751] pnp 00:08: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0b00 (active) [ 0.439788] pnp 00:09: [io 0x0061] [ 0.439893] pnp 00:09: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0800 (active) [ 0.439977] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0010-0x001f] [ 0.439986] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0022-0x003f] [ 0.439994] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0044-0x005f] [ 0.440055] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0063] [ 0.440063] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0065] [ 0.440071] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0067-0x006f] [ 0.440079] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0072-0x007f] [ 0.440086] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0080] [ 0.440094] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0084-0x0086] [ 0.440102] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0088] [ 0.440109] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x008c-0x008e] [ 0.440117] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0090-0x009f] [ 0.440125] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x00a2-0x00bf] [ 0.440133] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x00e0-0x00ef] [ 0.440141] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x04d0-0x04d1] [ 0.440150] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0000-0xffffffffffffffff disabled] [ 0.440160] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0000-0xffffffffffffffff disabled] [ 0.440168] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x03f4] [ 0.440175] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x03f5] [ 0.440183] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0374] [ 0.440190] pnp 00:0a: [io 0x0375] [ 0.440405] system 00:0a: [io 0x04d0-0x04d1] has been reserved [ 0.440432] system 00:0a: [io 0x03f4] has been reserved [ 0.440451] system 00:0a: [io 0x03f5] has been reserved [ 0.440469] system 00:0a: [io 0x0374] has been reserved [ 0.440488] system 00:0a: [io 0x0375] has been reserved [ 0.440508] system 00:0a: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c02 (active) [ 0.440550] pnp 00:0b: [io 0x00f0-0x00ff] [ 0.440572] pnp 00:0b: [irq 13] [ 0.440691] pnp 00:0b: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c04 (active) [ 0.440770] pnp 00:0c: [io 0x0810] [ 0.440779] pnp 00:0c: [io 0x0800-0x080f] [ 0.440787] pnp 00:0c: [io 0xffff] [ 0.440947] system 00:0c: [io 0x0810] has been reserved [ 0.440970] system 00:0c: [io 0x0800-0x080f] has been reserved [ 0.440989] system 00:0c: [io 0xffff] has been reserved [ 0.441010] system 00:0c: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c02 (active) [ 0.441620] pnp 00:0d: [io 0x0900-0x097f] [ 0.441630] pnp 00:0d: [io 0x09c0-0x09ff] [ 0.441639] pnp 00:0d: [io 0x0400-0x043f] [ 0.441647] pnp 00:0d: [io 0x0480-0x04bf] [ 0.441656] pnp 00:0d: [mem 0xfec00000-0xfec85fff] [ 0.441664] pnp 00:0d: [mem 0xfed1c000-0xfed1ffff] [ 0.441673] pnp 00:0d: [mem 0x000c0000-0x000dffff] [ 0.441689] pnp 00:0d: [mem 0x000e0000-0x000effff] [ 0.441697] pnp 00:0d: [mem 0x000f0000-0x000fffff] [ 0.441706] pnp 00:0d: [mem 0xff800000-0xffffffff] [ 0.441911] system 00:0d: [io 0x0900-0x097f] has been reserved [ 0.441935] system 00:0d: [io 0x09c0-0x09ff] has been reserved [ 0.441955] system 00:0d: [io 0x0400-0x043f] has been reserved [ 0.441975] system 00:0d: [io 0x0480-0x04bf] has been reserved [ 0.441997] system 00:0d: [mem 0xfec00000-0xfec85fff] could not be reserved [ 0.442019] system 00:0d: [mem 0xfed1c000-0xfed1ffff] has been reserved [ 0.442040] system 00:0d: [mem 0x000c0000-0x000dffff] could not be reserved [ 0.442061] system 00:0d: [mem 0x000e0000-0x000effff] could not be reserved [ 0.442082] system 00:0d: [mem 0x000f0000-0x000fffff] could not be reserved [ 0.442103] system 00:0d: [mem 0xff800000-0xffffffff] has been reserved [ 0.442126] system 00:0d: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c01 (active) [ 0.442308] pnp 00:0e: [mem 0xfed00000-0xfed003ff] [ 0.442454] pnp 00:0e: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0103 (active) [ 0.442569] pnp 00:0f: [mem 0x7f6f0000-0x7f6fffff] [ 0.442762] system 00:0f: [mem 0x7f6f0000-0x7f6fffff] has been reserved [ 0.442788] system 00:0f: Plug and Play ACPI device, IDs PNP0c01 (active) [ 0.443360] pnp: PnP ACPI: found 16 devices [ 0.443378] ACPI: ACPI bus type pnp unregistered [ 0.443395] PnPBIOS: Disabled by ACPI PNP [ 0.486106] PCI: max bus depth: 3 pci_try_num: 4 [ 0.486189] pci 0000:00:1c.0: PCI bridge to [bus 01-01] [ 0.486217] pci 0000:00:1c.0: bridge window [io 0xe000-0xefff] [ 0.486241] pci 0000:00:1c.0: bridge window [mem 0xd0100000-0xd01fffff] [ 0.486266] pci 0000:00:1c.0: bridge window [mem 0xff700000-0xff7fffff pref] [ 0.486298] pci 0000:03:01.0: PCI bridge to [bus 04-04] [ 0.486319] pci 0000:03:01.0: bridge window [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.486348] pci 0000:03:01.0: bridge window [mem 0xd0000000-0xd00fffff] [ 0.486374] pci 0000:03:01.0: bridge window [mem 0xff600000-0xff6fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.486406] pci 0000:03:02.0: PCI bridge to [bus 05-05] [ 0.486444] pci 0000:03:03.0: PCI bridge to [bus 06-06] [ 0.486479] pci 0000:02:00.0: PCI bridge to [bus 03-06] [ 0.486499] pci 0000:02:00.0: bridge window [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.486522] pci 0000:02:00.0: bridge window [mem 0xd0000000-0xd00fffff] [ 0.486545] pci 0000:02:00.0: bridge window [mem 0xff600000-0xff6fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.486575] pci 0000:00:1c.1: PCI bridge to [bus 02-06] [ 0.486593] pci 0000:00:1c.1: bridge window [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.486615] pci 0000:00:1c.1: bridge window [mem 0xd0000000-0xd00fffff] [ 0.486637] pci 0000:00:1c.1: bridge window [mem 0xff600000-0xff6fffff pref] [ 0.486710] pci 0000:00:1c.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 0.486735] pci 0000:00:1c.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.486774] pci 0000:00:1c.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 17 (level, low) -> IRQ 17 [ 0.486796] pci 0000:00:1c.1: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.486817] pci 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.486836] pci 0000:03:01.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.486858] pci 0000:03:02.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.486880] pci 0000:03:03.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 0.486893] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 4 [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] [ 0.486902] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 5 [io 0x0d00-0xffff] [ 0.486912] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 6 [mem 0x000a0000-0x000bffff] [ 0.486922] pci_bus 0000:00: resource 7 [mem 0x80000000-0xffffffff] [ 0.486932] pci_bus 0000:01: resource 0 [io 0xe000-0xefff] [ 0.486941] pci_bus 0000:01: resource 1 [mem 0xd0100000-0xd01fffff] [ 0.486951] pci_bus 0000:01: resource 2 [mem 0xff700000-0xff7fffff pref] [ 0.486961] pci_bus 0000:02: resource 0 [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.486970] pci_bus 0000:02: resource 1 [mem 0xd0000000-0xd00fffff] [ 0.486980] pci_bus 0000:02: resource 2 [mem 0xff600000-0xff6fffff pref] [ 0.486989] pci_bus 0000:03: resource 0 [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.486998] pci_bus 0000:03: resource 1 [mem 0xd0000000-0xd00fffff] [ 0.487008] pci_bus 0000:03: resource 2 [mem 0xff600000-0xff6fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.487018] pci_bus 0000:04: resource 0 [io 0xd000-0xdfff] [ 0.487028] pci_bus 0000:04: resource 1 [mem 0xd0000000-0xd00fffff] [ 0.487038] pci_bus 0000:04: resource 2 [mem 0xff600000-0xff6fffff 64bit pref] [ 0.487177] NET: Registered protocol family 2 [ 0.487405] IP route cache hash table entries: 32768 (order: 5, 131072 bytes) [ 0.488397] TCP established hash table entries: 131072 (order: 8, 1048576 bytes) [ 0.489792] TCP bind hash table entries: 65536 (order: 7, 524288 bytes) [ 0.490493] TCP: Hash tables configured (established 131072 bind 65536) [ 0.490525] TCP reno registered [ 0.490551] UDP hash table entries: 512 (order: 2, 16384 bytes) [ 0.490590] UDP-Lite hash table entries: 512 (order: 2, 16384 bytes) [ 0.490898] NET: Registered protocol family 1 [ 0.490970] pci 0000:00:02.0: Boot video device [ 0.491052] pci 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 20 (level, low) -> IRQ 20 [ 0.491092] pci 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A disabled [ 0.491134] pci 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 21 (level, low) -> IRQ 21 [ 0.491174] pci 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B disabled [ 0.491220] pci 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C -> GSI 22 (level, low) -> IRQ 22 [ 0.491259] pci 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C disabled [ 0.491307] pci 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT D -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 [ 0.864431] Freeing initrd memory: 13820k freed [ 2.088042] pci 0000:00:1d.7: EHCI: BIOS handoff failed (BIOS bug?) 01010001 [ 2.088207] pci 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT D disabled [ 2.088267] PCI: CLS 64 bytes, default 64 [ 2.089248] audit: initializing netlink socket (disabled) [ 2.089287] type=2000 audit(1349363630.084:1): initialized [ 2.144783] highmem bounce pool size: 64 pages [ 2.144808] HugeTLB registered 2 MB page size, pre-allocated 0 pages [ 2.160057] VFS: Disk quotas dquot_6.5.2 [ 2.160232] Dquot-cache hash table entries: 1024 (order 0, 4096 bytes) [ 2.161716] fuse init (API version 7.17) [ 2.161995] msgmni has been set to 1713 [ 2.162925] Block layer SCSI generic (bsg) driver version 0.4 loaded (major 253) [ 2.163008] io scheduler noop registered [ 2.163023] io scheduler deadline registered [ 2.163048] io scheduler cfq registered (default) [ 2.163339] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.163530] pcieport 0000:00:1c.1: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.163706] pcieport 0000:02:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.163873] pcieport 0000:03:01.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.163964] pcieport 0000:03:01.0: irq 40 for MSI/MSI-X [ 2.164193] pcieport 0000:03:02.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.164272] pcieport 0000:03:02.0: irq 41 for MSI/MSI-X [ 2.164453] pcieport 0000:03:03.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.164531] pcieport 0000:03:03.0: irq 42 for MSI/MSI-X [ 2.164783] pcieport 0000:00:1c.0: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164801] pci 0000:01:00.0: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164816] pcie_pme 0000:00:1c.0:pcie01: service driver pcie_pme loaded [ 2.164853] pcieport 0000:00:1c.1: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164867] pcieport 0000:02:00.0: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164880] pcieport 0000:03:01.0: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164892] pci 0000:04:00.0: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164904] pcieport 0000:03:02.0: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164917] pcieport 0000:03:03.0: Signaling PME through PCIe PME interrupt [ 2.164932] pcie_pme 0000:00:1c.1:pcie01: service driver pcie_pme loaded [ 2.164988] pci_hotplug: PCI Hot Plug PCI Core version: 0.5 [ 2.165115] pciehp 0000:00:1c.0:pcie04: HPC vendor_id 8086 device_id 8110 ss_vid 8086 ss_did 8119 [ 2.165177] pciehp 0000:00:1c.0:pcie04: service driver pciehp loaded [ 2.165199] pciehp 0000:00:1c.1:pcie04: HPC vendor_id 8086 device_id 8112 ss_vid 8086 ss_did 8119 [ 2.165260] pciehp 0000:00:1c.1:pcie04: service driver pciehp loaded [ 2.165290] pciehp: PCI Express Hot Plug Controller Driver version: 0.4 [ 2.165488] intel_idle: MWAIT substates: 0x3020220 [ 2.165508] intel_idle: v0.4 model 0x1C [ 2.165513] intel_idle: lapic_timer_reliable_states 0x2 [ 2.165519] Marking TSC unstable due to TSC halts in idle states deeper than C2 [ 2.165779] input: Lid Switch as /devices/LNXSYSTM:00/device:00/PNP0C0D:00/input/input0 [ 2.165855] ACPI: Lid Switch [LID] [ 2.165983] input: Power Button as /devices/LNXSYSTM:00/device:00/PNP0C0C:00/input/input1 [ 2.166005] ACPI: Power Button [PWRB] [ 2.173811] thermal LNXTHERM:00: registered as thermal_zone0 [ 2.173829] ACPI: Thermal Zone [TZ00] (48 C) [ 2.174004] thermal LNXTHERM:01: registered as thermal_zone1 [ 2.174018] ACPI: Thermal Zone [TZ01] (34 C) [ 2.174194] thermal LNXTHERM:02: registered as thermal_zone2 [ 2.174207] ACPI: Thermal Zone [TZ02] (34 C) [ 2.174378] thermal LNXTHERM:03: registered as thermal_zone3 [ 2.174392] ACPI: Thermal Zone [TZ03] (34 C) [ 2.174503] ERST: Table is not found! [ 2.174513] GHES: HEST is not enabled! [ 2.174601] isapnp: Scanning for PnP cards... [ 2.176175] Serial: 8250/16550 driver, 32 ports, IRQ sharing enabled [ 2.196702] serial8250: ttyS0 at I/O 0x3f8 (irq = 4) is a 16550A [ 2.292409] serial8250: ttyS1 at I/O 0x2f8 (irq = 3) is a 16550A [ 2.528909] isapnp: No Plug & Play device found [ 2.588733] 00:05: ttyS0 at I/O 0x3f8 (irq = 4) is a 16550A [ 2.624523] 00:06: ttyS1 at I/O 0x2f8 (irq = 3) is a 16550A [ 2.640702] Linux agpgart interface v0.103 [ 2.645138] brd: module loaded [ 2.647452] loop: module loaded [ 2.648149] pata_acpi 0000:00:1f.1: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.649238] Fixed MDIO Bus: probed [ 2.649315] tun: Universal TUN/TAP device driver, 1.6 [ 2.649327] tun: (C) 1999-2004 Max Krasnyansky <[email protected]> [ 2.649524] PPP generic driver version 2.4.2 [ 2.649824] ehci_hcd: USB 2.0 'Enhanced' Host Controller (EHCI) Driver [ 2.649884] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: PCI INT D -> GSI 23 (level, low) -> IRQ 23 [ 2.649937] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.649946] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: EHCI Host Controller [ 2.650082] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1 [ 2.650148] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: debug port 1 [ 2.654045] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: cache line size of 64 is not supported [ 2.654093] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: irq 23, io mem 0xd02c4000 [ 2.668035] ehci_hcd 0000:00:1d.7: USB 2.0 started, EHCI 1.00 [ 2.668392] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 2.668413] hub 1-0:1.0: 8 ports detected [ 2.668618] ohci_hcd: USB 1.1 'Open' Host Controller (OHCI) Driver [ 2.668666] uhci_hcd: USB Universal Host Controller Interface driver [ 2.668726] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 20 (level, low) -> IRQ 20 [ 2.668751] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.668759] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: UHCI Host Controller [ 2.668910] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2 [ 2.668981] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.0: irq 20, io base 0x0000f040 [ 2.669335] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 2.669355] hub 2-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 2.669508] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: PCI INT B -> GSI 21 (level, low) -> IRQ 21 [ 2.669531] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.669538] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: UHCI Host Controller [ 2.669675] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3 [ 2.669739] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.1: irq 21, io base 0x0000f020 [ 2.670099] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 2.670118] hub 3-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 2.670271] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: PCI INT C -> GSI 22 (level, low) -> IRQ 22 [ 2.670295] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: setting latency timer to 64 [ 2.670302] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: UHCI Host Controller [ 2.670435] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4 [ 2.670502] uhci_hcd 0000:00:1d.2: irq 22, io base 0x0000f000 [ 2.670869] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found [ 2.670888] hub 4-0:1.0: 2 ports detected [ 2.671186] usbcore: registered new interface driver libusual [ 2.671332] i8042: PNP: PS/2 Controller [PNP0303:PS2K,PNP0f03:PS2M] at 0x60,0x64 irq 1,12 [ 2.673408] serio: i8042 KBD port at 0x60,0x64 irq 1 [ 2.673437] serio: i8042 AUX port at 0x60,0x64 irq 12 [ 2.673844] mousedev: PS/2 mouse device common for all mice [ 2.674272] rtc_cmos 00:08: RTC can wake from S4 [ 2.674482] rtc_cmos 00:08: rtc core: registered rtc_cmos as rtc0 [ 2.674529] rtc0: alarms up to one year, y3k, 242 bytes nvram, hpet irqs [ 2.674691] device-mapper: uevent: version 1.0.3 [ 2.674903] device-mapper: ioctl: 4.22.0-ioctl (2011-10-19) initialised: [email protected] [ 2.675024] EISA: Probing bus 0 at eisa.0 [ 2.675037] EISA: Cannot allocate resource for mainboard [ 2.675050] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 1 [ 2.675061] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 2 [ 2.675072] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 3 [ 2.675083] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 4 [ 2.675094] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 5 [ 2.675105] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 6 [ 2.675116] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 7 [ 2.675127] Cannot allocate resource for EISA slot 8 [ 2.675137] EISA: Detected 0 cards. [ 2.675161] cpufreq-nforce2: No nForce2 chipset. [ 2.675401] cpuidle: using governor ladder [ 2.675786] cpuidle: using governor menu [ 2.675797] EFI Variables Facility v0.08 2004-May-17 [ 2.676429] TCP cubic registered [ 2.676751] NET: Registered protocol family 10 [ 2.678031] NET: Registered protocol family 17 [ 2.678052] Registering the dns_resolver key type [ 2.678107] Using IPI No-Shortcut mode [ 2.678515] PM: Hibernation image not present or could not be loaded. [ 2.678543] registered taskstats version 1 [ 2.701145] Magic number: 0:84:234 [ 2.701312] rtc_cmos 00:08: setting system clock to 2012-10-04 15:13:51 UTC (1349363631) [ 2.702280] BIOS EDD facility v0.16 2004-Jun-25, 0 devices found [ 2.702294] EDD information not available. [ 2.702858] Freeing unused kernel memory: 740k freed [ 2.703630] Write protecting the kernel text: 5816k [ 2.703692] Write protecting the kernel read-only data: 2376k [ 2.703706] NX-protecting the kernel data: 4424k [ 2.751226] udevd[84]: starting version 175 [ 2.980162] usb 1-1: new high-speed USB device number 2 using ehci_hcd [ 3.001394] r8169 Gigabit Ethernet driver 2.3LK-NAPI loaded [ 3.001474] r8169 0000:01:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 3.001554] r8169 0000:01:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 3.001654] r8169 0000:01:00.0: irq 43 for MSI/MSI-X [ 3.004220] r8169 0000:01:00.0: eth0: RTL8168c/8111c at 0xf8416000, 00:18:92:03:10:46, XID 1c4000c0 IRQ 43 [ 3.004254] r8169 0000:01:00.0: eth0: jumbo features [frames: 6128 bytes, tx checksumming: ko] [ 3.004347] r8169 Gigabit Ethernet driver 2.3LK-NAPI loaded [ 3.005085] r8169 0000:04:00.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 18 (level, low) -> IRQ 18 [ 3.005182] r8169 0000:04:00.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 3.005292] r8169 0000:04:00.0: irq 44 for MSI/MSI-X [ 3.007187] r8169 0000:04:00.0: eth1: RTL8168c/8111c at 0xf8418000, 00:18:92:03:10:47, XID 1c4000c0 IRQ 44 [ 3.007224] r8169 0000:04:00.0: eth1: jumbo features [frames: 6128 bytes, tx checksumming: ko] [ 3.034417] pata_sch 0000:00:1f.1: version 0.2 [ 3.034518] pata_sch 0000:00:1f.1: setting latency timer to 64 [ 3.036698] scsi0 : pata_sch [ 3.039842] scsi1 : pata_sch [ 3.040913] ata1: PATA max UDMA/100 cmd 0x1f0 ctl 0x3f6 bmdma 0xf060 irq 14 [ 3.040940] ata2: PATA max UDMA/100 cmd 0x170 ctl 0x376 bmdma 0xf068 irq 15 [ 3.131850] Initializing USB Mass Storage driver... [ 3.136405] scsi2 : usb-storage 1-1:1.0 [ 3.136642] usbcore: registered new interface driver usb-storage [ 3.136656] USB Mass Storage support registered. [ 3.524465] usb 3-1: new low-speed USB device number 2 using uhci_hcd [ 3.968144] usb 3-2: new full-speed USB device number 3 using uhci_hcd [ 4.137903] scsi 2:0:0:0: Direct-Access TS TS4GUFM-H 1100 PQ: 0 ANSI: 0 CCS [ 4.140067] sd 2:0:0:0: Attached scsi generic sg0 type 0 [ 4.140590] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] 8028160 512-byte logical blocks: (4.11 GB/3.82 GiB) [ 4.141597] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Write Protect is off [ 4.141618] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Mode Sense: 43 00 00 00 [ 4.142974] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] No Caching mode page present [ 4.143000] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Assuming drive cache: write through [ 4.145837] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] No Caching mode page present [ 4.145858] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Assuming drive cache: write through [ 4.147931] sda: sda1 sda2 < sda5 > [ 4.150972] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] No Caching mode page present [ 4.151001] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Assuming drive cache: write through [ 4.151023] sd 2:0:0:0: [sda] Attached SCSI disk [ 4.249168] input: HID 046a:004b as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.1/usb3/3-1/3-1:1.0/input/input2 [ 4.249579] generic-usb 0003:046A:004B.0001: input,hidraw0: USB HID v1.11 Keyboard [HID 046a:004b] on usb-0000:00:1d.1-1/input0 [ 4.287805] input: HID 046a:004b as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.1/usb3/3-1/3-1:1.1/input/input3 [ 4.289235] generic-usb 0003:046A:004B.0002: input,hidraw1: USB HID v1.11 Mouse [HID 046a:004b] on usb-0000:00:1d.1-1/input1 [ 4.297604] input: EloTouchSystems,Inc Elo TouchSystems 2216 AccuTouch\xffffffc2\xffffffae\xffffffae USB Touchmonitor Interface as /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1d.1/usb3/3-2/3-2:1.0/input/input4 [ 4.298913] generic-usb 0003:04E7:0050.0003: input,hidraw2: USB HID v1.00 Pointer [EloTouchSystems,Inc Elo TouchSystems 2216 AccuTouch\xffffffc2\xffffffae\xffffffae USB Touchmonitor Interface] on usb-0000:00:1d.1-2/input0 [ 4.299878] usbcore: registered new interface driver usbhid [ 4.299925] usbhid: USB HID core driver [ 4.352639] EXT4-fs (sda1): INFO: recovery required on readonly filesystem [ 4.352661] EXT4-fs (sda1): write access will be enabled during recovery [ 8.519257] EXT4-fs (sda1): recovery complete [ 8.564389] EXT4-fs (sda1): mounted filesystem with ordered data mode. Opts: (null) [ 14.280922] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready [ 14.280944] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth1: link is not ready [ 14.310368] udevd[308]: starting version 175 [ 14.353873] Adding 1045500k swap on /dev/sda5. Priority:-1 extents:1 across:1045500k [ 14.428718] lp: driver loaded but no devices found [ 14.521667] EXT4-fs (sda1): re-mounted. Opts: errors=remount-ro [ 15.073459] [drm] Initialized drm 1.1.0 20060810 [ 15.097073] psb_gfx: module is from the staging directory, the quality is unknown, you have been warned. [ 15.180630] gma500 0000:00:02.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 15.180648] gma500 0000:00:02.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 15.182117] Stolen memory information [ 15.182127] base in RAM: 0x7f800000 [ 15.182134] size: 7932K, calculated by (GTT RAM base) - (Stolen base), seems wrong [ 15.182143] the correct size should be: 8M(dvmt mode=3) [ 15.234889] Set up 1983 stolen pages starting at 0x7f800000, GTT offset 0K [ 15.235126] [drm] SGX core id = 0x01130000 [ 15.235135] [drm] SGX core rev major = 0x01, minor = 0x02 [ 15.235143] [drm] SGX core rev maintenance = 0x01, designer = 0x00 [ 15.268796] [Firmware Bug]: ACPI: No _BQC method, cannot determine initial brightness [ 15.269888] acpi device:04: registered as cooling_device2 [ 15.270568] acpi device:05: registered as cooling_device3 [ 15.270947] input: Video Bus as /devices/LNXSYSTM:00/device:00/PNP0A08:00/LNXVIDEO:00/input/input5 [ 15.271238] ACPI: Video Device [GFX0] (multi-head: yes rom: no post: no) [ 15.271424] [drm] Supports vblank timestamp caching Rev 1 (10.10.2010). [ 15.271434] [drm] No driver support for vblank timestamp query. [ 15.374694] type=1400 audit(1349363644.167:2): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/sbin/dhclient" pid=435 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 15.385518] type=1400 audit(1349363644.179:3): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/lib/NetworkManager/nm-dhcp-client.action" pid=435 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 15.386369] type=1400 audit(1349363644.179:4): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/lib/connman/scripts/dhclient-script" pid=435 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 15.677514] r8169 0000:01:00.0: eth0: link down [ 15.694828] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_UP): eth0: link is not ready [ 16.537490] gma500 0000:00:02.0: allocated 800x480 fb [ 16.558066] fbcon: psbfb (fb0) is primary device [ 16.747122] gma500 0000:00:02.0: BL bug: Reg 00000000 save 00000000 [ 16.775550] Console: switching to colour frame buffer device 100x30 [ 16.781804] fb0: psbfb frame buffer device [ 16.781812] drm: registered panic notifier [ 16.870168] [drm] Initialized gma500 1.0.0 2011-06-06 for 0000:00:02.0 on minor 0 [ 16.871166] snd_hda_intel 0000:00:1b.0: power state changed by ACPI to D0 [ 16.871186] snd_hda_intel 0000:00:1b.0: power state changed by ACPI to D0 [ 16.871207] snd_hda_intel 0000:00:1b.0: PCI INT A -> GSI 16 (level, low) -> IRQ 16 [ 16.871284] snd_hda_intel 0000:00:1b.0: setting latency timer to 64 [ 29.338953] r8169 0000:01:00.0: eth0: link up [ 29.339471] ADDRCONF(NETDEV_CHANGE): eth0: link becomes ready [ 31.427223] init: failsafe main process (675) killed by TERM signal [ 31.522411] type=1400 audit(1349363660.316:5): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_replace" name="/sbin/dhclient" pid=889 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 31.523956] type=1400 audit(1349363660.316:6): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_replace" name="/usr/lib/NetworkManager/nm-dhcp-client.action" pid=889 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 31.524882] type=1400 audit(1349363660.320:7): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_replace" name="/usr/lib/connman/scripts/dhclient-script" pid=889 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 31.525940] type=1400 audit(1349363660.320:8): apparmor="STATUS" operation="profile_load" name="/usr/sbin/tcpdump" pid=891 comm="apparmor_parser" [ 34.526445] postgres (1003): /proc/1003/oom_adj is deprecated, please use /proc/1003/oom_score_adj instead. [ 40.144048] eth0: no IPv6 routers present

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 97 98 99 100 101 102  | Next Page >